diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/mcc-help/eu')
69 files changed, 1914 insertions, 1788 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml index 3014c5f5..1b787c77 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> - <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link -ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link -ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>. + <para>Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> +laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k +garatuta. </para> - <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link -ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation -Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio +Talde</link>-ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu.</para> </cover> </info> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml index 4082816b..06b505f1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> edo <emphasis -role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software -management.</emphasis></para> +role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> +azpian dago.</para> <para><note> - <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with -rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you -are prompted to do so.</para> + <para>Lan egiteko, MageiaUpdate-k biltegiak konfiguratuta izan behar ditu +rpmdrake-edit-media-rekin komunikabide hedabide batzuekin eguneraketa gisa +hautatuta. Ez badira, eskatuko zaizu egitea.</para> </note></para> <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml index 2891c02f..da746c2a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml @@ -11,23 +11,23 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis -role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the -graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote> + <para>Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role="bold">Software +kudeaketa</emphasis><footnote> <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the capital letters.</para> - </footnote></para> + </footnote> fitxa-pean +aurkezten da.</para> <para/> - <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para> + <para>Botoiak baimentzen dizu grafiko konfigurazioa aldatzea.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Txartel Grafikoa</emphasis>:</para> - <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server -configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example -one with a proprietary driver.</para> + <para>Unean detektatutako txartel grafikoa erakusten da eta bat datorren +konfiguratutako zerbitzaria. Egin klik botoi honetan zerbitzaria aldatzeko, +esate baterako jabetza-gidari batera.</para> <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical @@ -35,15 +35,16 @@ order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>.</para> <para><note> - <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most -graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while -in your Desktop Environment.</para> -<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - -<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing -Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para> - </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to -use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for -example).</para> + <para>Arazoen kasuan, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> txartelak grafiko +gehienekin lan egiten du eta denbora ematen dizu gidari zuzena aurkitu eta +instalatzeko zure Mahaigain Ingurunean.</para> +<para> Oraindik Vesa ez badu funtzionatzen, aukeratu +<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, +Mageiaren instalazioan zehar erabiltzen dena, baina ez du onartzen bereizmen +edo freskatze tasa aldatu ahal izatea.</para> + </note>Zure aukera gidari libre batentzat egingo bazenu, zuri jabetza-gidari bat +erabili dezakezula ordez ezaugarri gehiagorekin (adibidez 3D efektuak) +galdetuko dizute.</para> <para/> @@ -58,15 +59,15 @@ isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the <para><emphasis role="bold">Bereizmen:</emphasis></para> - <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the -colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para> + <para>Botoi honek bereizmena (pixel-kopurua) eta kolore sakonera (kolore kopurua) +aukera gaitzen du. Pantaila hau erakusten du:</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" /> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the -middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para> + </mediaobject>Pantaila erdiko irudia aukeratutako +konfigurazioen aurretiko ikuspegi bat ematen digu. </para> <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card @@ -74,12 +75,12 @@ and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or select an uncomfortable setting.</para> - <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for -another one.</para> + <para>Bigarren botoia erakusten du uneko kolore sakonera, klik hau aldatzeko beste +bat da.</para> <para><note> - <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and -restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect. + <para>Aukeratutako bereizmenaren arabera, saioa amaitu eta berrabiaraztea +beharrezkoa izan daiteke ezarpenak eragina izan dezan ingurune grafikoan. </para> </note></para> @@ -87,41 +88,41 @@ restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect. <para><emphasis role="bold">Probatu:</emphasis></para> - <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking -on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the -graphical environment doesn't work.</para> + <para>Konfigurazioa egin ondoren, ados klik egin baino lehen proba bat egiteko +gomendatzen da, orain ezarpenak aldatzea errazagoa delako ingurune grafikoa +funtzionatuko ez balu.</para> <para><note> - <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a -text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use -XFdrake's text version. </para> - </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want -to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is -right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Ingurune grafikoak ez badu funtzionatzen, Alt+Ctrl+F2 teklea ezazu +testu-ingurunea irekitzeko, root erabiltzaile bezala konektatzeko eta +XFdrake idatzi XFdrake-ko testu bertsioa erabiltzeko (estalkiekin). </para> + </note>Probak huts egiten badu, besterik gabe, amaitu arte itxaron, lan egiten +badu, baina ez duzu aldatu nahi, azken finean, sakatu +<guibutton>Ez</guibutton>, dena zuzena bada, sakatu <guibutton +role="bold">Ados</guibutton>.</para> <orderedlist><title>Aukerak:</title> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable -Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to -restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para> + <para><guilabel>Aukera orokorrak</guilabel>: bada <emphasis>Desgaitu +Ctrl-Alt-Atzera</emphasis> markatuta dagoenean, ezin izango da posible X +zerbitzaria berrabiaraztea Ctrl+Alt+Atzera teklak erabiliz.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable -three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para> + <para><guilabel>Txartel grafikoen aukerak</guilabel>: Baimendu egiten dizu hiru +berezitasun txartel grafikoaren arabera gaitzeko edo desgaitzeko aukera.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, -<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon -booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it -may be unchecked for a server.</para> + <para><guilabel>Abioko GUI-an</guilabel>: Gehienetan, <emphasis>abiaraztean (Xorg) +GUI-a automatikoki hasi</emphasis> abio aldaketa modu grafikorako egiteko +egiaztatzen da, zerbitzari batentzat desgaitu daiteke..</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> - <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask -you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the -previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect -and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para> + <para><guibutton>Irten</guibutton> botoia sakatu ondoren, sistema, baieztatzeko +eskatuko dizu. Oraindik denbora dago guztia bertan behera uzteko eta aurreko +ezarpenak gordetzeko edo onartzeko. Kasu honetan, deskonektatu eta berriz +konektatu konfigurazio berria aktibatzeko.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml index 98f3155b..aaf15d71 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found in the Mageia -Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure -WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurki +daiteke, Sareko Partekatze fitxa pean, <guilabel>WebDAV ekintzak +Konfiguratu</guilabel> bezala etiketatuta.</para> <section> <title>Sarrera</title> @@ -39,15 +39,16 @@ konfiguratzeko tresnaren helburua.</para> <section> <title>Sarrera berri bat sortzen</title> - <para>The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if -any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new -entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen.</para> + <para>Tresna honen lehenengo pantailan bistaratutako sarrerak ezarrita daude +dagoeneko, baldin badaude, eta <guibutton>Berria</guibutton> botoia. Erabili +hau sarrera berri bat sortzeko. Idatzi zerbitzariaren helbidea pantaila +berriaren eremuan.</para> - <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue -with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking -<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the -<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct -it, if needed.</para> + <para>Ondoren ekintza batzuk hautatzeko pantaila bat agertzen +da. <guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> ekintzarekin jarraitu +<guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia hautatu ondoren klikatuz, jadanik +<guibutton>Zerbitzaria</guibutton> ezarrita dago. Hala ere, zuzendu ahal +izango da, behar izanez gero.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -57,8 +58,9 @@ it, if needed.</para> <para>Urruneko direktorioa edukia mount puntu honen bidez eskuragarri izango da.</para> - <para>In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other -options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen.</para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsean, sartu zure erabiltzaile izena eta pasahitza. Beste +aukera batzuk behar izanez gero, <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> erraztu +ditzakezu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -69,12 +71,11 @@ options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen.</para> <para><guibutton>Mount</guibutton> aukera berehala muntatu duzun sarbidea ahalbidetzen du.</para> - <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button -<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your -new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you -are asked whether or not to save the modifications in -<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the -remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for -one-time usage, do not save it.</para> + <para><Guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartu ondoren, +lehenengo pantailan berriz agertzen da eta muntatze puntu berria +zerrendatzen da. <Guibutton>Irten</guibutton> aukeratu ondoren, galdetuko +zaizu aldaketak <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>-en gorde nahi dituzun edo +ez. Aukera hau onartu urruneko direktorioa abio guztietan erabilgarri izatea +nahi baduzu. Konfigurazioak erabilera baterrako baldin badira, ez gorde.</para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml index 1d2a6cf4..590765df 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml @@ -11,43 +11,46 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> allows you, the -administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home -subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have -computers running either Linux or Windows operating system.</para> + <para>Tresna sinple hau <Placeholder type="fotnote" id="0"/> administratzaileari +baimentzen dio, windows edo Linux sitema eragileak erbiltzen duten sare +lokal bereko beste erabiltzaile batzuekiko bere /home-ko azpidirektorioen +zatiak partekatzea.</para> <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurkitzen da, Tokiko Disko fitxan, "Partekatu zure disko gogorrean partizioak" etiketaz.</para> - <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to -share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No -sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on -<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on -<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for -the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their -directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically -created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para> - - <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you -choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. -Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on -the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both -Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any -required packages will be installed if necessary.</para> - - <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In -this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows -you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare -group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, -then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the -fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information -about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href="userdrake.xml">this page</link></para> + <para>Lehenik eta behin, erantzun honako galdera hauei: "<guilabel>Erabiltzaileei +haien direktorio batzuk partekatzea baimendu nahi duzu?</guilabel>", Egin +klik <guibutton>Ez partekatzea</guibutton> erantzuna ezezkoa bada +erabiltzaile guztientzat, sakatatu <guibutton>Erabiltzaile guztiak +baimendu</guibutton> erabiltzaile guztiak baimentzeko, edo egin klik +<guibutton>Pertsonalizatu</guibutton> erantzuna batzuentzat ezezkoa eta +beste batzuentzat baiezkoa bada. Azken kasu horretan, haien direktorioak +partekatzea baimenduta duten erabiltzaileak sistemak autmatikoki sortuko +duen Fileshare taldeko kide izan berha dira, Geroago galdetuko zaizu honi +buruz.</para> + + <para>Sakatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel>, eta bigarren leiho bat agertuko da +<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>-ren eta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>-ren artean +aukeratu dezazun eskatuko dizuna. <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>markatu ezazu +Linux sareko sistema eragile bakarra bada, edo +<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>sareak Linux eta Windows konputagailuak +baditu. Ondoren klikatu <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Eskatutako paketeak +berehala instalatuko dira, beharrezkoa izango balitz.</para> + + <para>Konfigurazioa osatu da, pertsonalizatua aukera aukeratu ezean. Kasu honetan, +leiho bat Userdrake irekitzeko eskatzen dizu. Tresna honek aukera ematen +dizu beren guneak partekatzeko baimendutako erabiltzaileei Fileshare taldera +gehitzea. Erabiltzaile fitxan, sakatu Fileshare taldera gehitu beharreko +erabiltzaileak, eta gero <guimenuitem>Editatu</guimenuitem>, Taldeen +fitxan. Taldea markatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Userdrake +buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi <link +ns2:href="userdrake.xml">orri hau</link>.</para> <para/> <note> - <para>fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta + <para>Fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta berriro konektatu behar duzu aldaketak egin ahal izateko kontuan.</para> </note> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml index 02d2a413..7ce74c41 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml @@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows you to declare some -shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The -protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix -systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at -boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session -for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para> + </footnote> ordenagailuaren erabiltzaile +guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera emango +dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa NFS da, zein Unix edo Linux +gehienetan aurkitzen da. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan +eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, +edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz.</para> </section> <section> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para> <para>Aukeratu <guibutton>bilaketa zerbitzarietan</guibutton> partekatze direktorioen zerbitzari zerrenda bat lortzeko.</para> - <para>Klik > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen + <para>Klikatu > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa.</para> <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png"> @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have -to specify where to mount the directory.</para> + <para><guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta +direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu.</para> <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png"> <imageobject> @@ -55,9 +55,10 @@ to specify where to mount the directory.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and -change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After -mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para> + <para>Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, muntaketarekin aurrera jarraitu +dezakezu. Duzu aukera erabilgarriak ere begiratu ditzakezu, eta horiek +aldatu <guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> botoitik. Erabili botoi bera +demuntatzeko.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -71,11 +72,11 @@ mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, -a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab -modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the -network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file -browser, for example in Dolphin.</para> + <para><guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat +agertuko da galdetuz "/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu ?" Honek +direktorioa abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri +badago. Orduan direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri +egongo da, Dolphin-en adibidez.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml index 3c46b6f1..3f61d281 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml @@ -11,19 +11,19 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool <footnote> + <para>Tresna hau <footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote>is found under the tab Local -disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable -hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para> + </footnote>disko lokalen hegalean +aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean zure hardware kengarriaren izenarekin +etiketatuta (soilik CD/DVDa irakur-grabatzailea eta disketea). </para> <para>Bere helburua da disko aldagarri nola muntatu definitzea. </para> - <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and -the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change -them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> -button. </para> + <para>Leihoaren goialdean zure hardwareko eta aukeratutako muntaketa-aukeretako +deskribapen laburra dago. Menua erabil ezazu behealdean haiek +aldatzeko. Egiaztatu elementuak aldatzeko eta sakatu +<guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. </para> <section> <title>Muntatze-puntua</title> @@ -36,17 +36,17 @@ button. </para> <section> <title>Aukerak</title> - <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the -<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para> + <para>Muntatze aukera asko hauta daitezke hemen zerrendan edo azpimenuko +<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel>ren bidez. Garrantzitsuenak hauek dira:</para> <para/> <section> <title>Erabiltzaile/erabiltzaile gabe</title> - <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this -option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is -the only one who can umount it. </para> + <para>User aukera du ez root erabiltzaile bati disko aldagarri bat muntatzeko +aukera ematen dio. Aukera hau noexec, nosuid eta nodev dakar. Diskoa +muntatutako erabiltzailea soilik kendu ahal izango du. </para> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml index bf2e2815..3f82d299 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml @@ -19,31 +19,32 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows you to declare which -shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The -protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) -systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared -directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with -tools such as file browsers.</para> - - <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of -available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para> + </footnote> ordenagailuaren erabiltzaile +guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera emango +dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa SMB da, zein komuna den +Windows(TM) sistemen artean. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan +eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, +edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz.</para> + + <para>Tresna abiatu Aurretik, ideia ona da eskuragarri dauden zerbitzarien izenak +aldarrikatzea, da adibidez <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para> </section> <section> <title>Prozedura</title> - <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who -share directories.</para> + <para>Aukeratu <guibutton> zerbitzariak bilatu </guibutton> direktorioak +partekatzen duten zerbitzarien zerrenda lortzeko.</para> - <para>Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the -list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para> + <para>Klikatu & gt; zerbitzari-izenaren aurrean agertzen den sinboloan aurkezteko +partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bat, eta aukeratu sartzeko nahi +duzuna. eta aukeratu sartzea desiratzen duzuna.</para> - <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you -have to specify where to mount the directory.</para> + <para><guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta +direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -51,13 +52,13 @@ have to specify where to mount the directory.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount -button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the -<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para> + <para>Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, <guimenu>Muntatze Botoia</guimenu>rekin +muntatu daiteke. Baita egiaztatu dezakezu eta +<guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> baotoiarekin aukera batzuk aldatu.</para> - <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to -connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it -with the same button.</para> + <para>Aukeretan, izena eta pasahitza zehaztu dezakezu SMB zerbitzariarekin +konektatzeko gaitasuna dutenentzat. Direktorioa muntatu ondoren, desmuntatu +egin dezakezu botoi bera erabiliz.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -71,11 +72,11 @@ with the same button.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask -"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow -directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The -new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in -dolphin.</para> + <para>Eginda botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat agertuko da galdetuz +"/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu?" Gordetzen, direktorioa +abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri badago. Orduan +direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri egongo da, +Dolphin-en adibidez.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml index ac7ee9b4..bf2b6ce3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml @@ -14,32 +14,32 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna honek <footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> lets you manage the 3D -desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by -default.</para> + </footnote> aukera ematen dizu zure +sistema eragilearen 3D mahaigain efektuak kudeatzeko aukera. Hauek +lehenespenez desgaituta aurkitzen dira.</para> </section> <section annotations="center"> <title>Pizten</title> - <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the -package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can -start.</para> + <para>Tresna hau erabili ahal izateko glxinfo paketea instalatuta izan behar +duzu. Paketea instalatuta ez badago, instalatzea eskatuko zaizu drak3d hasi +aurretik.</para> - <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you -can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or -<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a -composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special -effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn -it on.</para> + <para>Drak3d hasi aurretik menu bat agertuko da. Bertatik aukeratu ahal izango +duzu <guilabel>Ez dago 3D efekturik</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Compiz +Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion leiho konposaketa +administratzaile/kudeatzaile baten parte da, zein hardware-azeleratuta +efektu bereziak barneratzen dituen mahaigainerako. Compiz Fusion aukeratu +ezazu hura pizteko.</para> - <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of -Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be -installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the -<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para> + <para>Programa hau mageia garbi bat instalatu ondoren lehen aldiz erabili baduzu, +ohar-mezu bat jasoko duzu ze pakete instalatu behar den Compiz Fusion +erabiltzeko adieraziz. Klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia +jarraitzeko.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -47,12 +47,13 @@ installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz -Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in -for the changes to take effect.</para> + <para>Beharrezko paketeak instalatu ondoren, Compiz Fusion drak3d menuan +hautatutako agertzen dela ikusiko duzu. Aldaketak eragina izateko saioa +amaitu eta berriro saioa hasi beharko duzu.</para> - <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz -Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool.</para> + <para>Saioa berriro hasi ondoren, Compiz Fusion aktibatuta egongo da. Compiz +Fusion ezartzeko ikusi CCSM Laguntza orrialdea (Compiz Konfigurazio Ezarpen +kudeatzailea).</para> </section> <section> @@ -61,9 +62,9 @@ Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool.</para> <section> <title>Ezin da ikusi Mahaigaina saioa hasi ondoren</title> - <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop -but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in -screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para> + <para>Compiz Fusion ahalbidetu ondoren ezin baduzu ikusi mahaigaina berriz +hasten, berrabiarazi ordenagailua saio hasiera pantailara itzultzeko. Han +Mahaigain ikonoaren gainean klik egin eta aukeratu drak3d.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -71,10 +72,9 @@ screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be -prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login -with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the -log in problem.</para> + <para>Berriro saioa hasterakoan, berriro, zure kontua administratzaile eskubideak +badauzka, eskatuko zaizu zure pasahitza berriro sartzea. Bestela, erabili +administratzaile-kontu bat arazoa eragindako edozein aldaketa desegiteko.</para> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml index 703119bc..2310f98b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the -manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> ahalbidetzen zaitu makinan +edo sarean erabiltzailea bezala ezagutu ahal zaituen modua aldatzeko.</para> - <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your -computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so -and give information about that.</para> + <para>Lehenetsita, autentifikazio informazioa zure ordenagailuko fitxategi batean +gordetzen da. Soilik aldatu zure sare administratzaileak baimentzen badu, +eta jarraian hori egiteko argibideak ematen badizkizu.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml index 70eee0e7..c46a4683 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml @@ -11,68 +11,78 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>this tool<footnote> + <para>tresna honek <footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows you to configure the -boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot, -etc.)</para> + </footnote> abio aukerak itxuratzea +baimentzen du (bootloader-aren aukeraketa, pasahitz bat definitzea, +lehenetsitako abioa, etab.)</para> <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean "Konfiguratu abio sistema" etiketa pean aurkitu da Abioa.</para> <warning> - <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing -some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para> + <para>Ez ezazu tresna hau erabili, egiten duzuna zehazki ez badakizu. +Konfigurazio aldatzeak zure konputagailuaren abioa galaraz dezake!</para> </warning> - <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to -choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and -with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are -no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot -device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The -boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can -prevent you machine from booting.</para> - - <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set -the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in -seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available -operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is -made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para> - - <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is -possible to set a password.</para> - - <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para> + <para>Lehenengo zatian, <guilabel>abioko kudeatzailea</guilabel> izenekoa, +aukeratu dezakezu <guibutton>abioko kargatzailea Kudeatzaile bat +erabiltzea</guibutton>, Grub edo Lilo, interfaze grafikoa edo testua soilik +aukeratzea bezala. Hobespen pertsonal kontua da, bai batak bai besteak +erraztasun berak hornitzen dituztenez gero. Baita <guibuton>Abioko +gailua</guibutton>ezar dezakezu, baina mesedez, ez ezazu ezer aldatu honetan +aditua ez bazara. Abioko gailua abioko kargatzailea dagoen lekua da, eta +edozein aldaketa zure ordenagailua abiaraztea sahiestu dezake.</para> + + <para>En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, +usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la +imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, +Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, +invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque +iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire +el lapso establecido anteriormente.Bigarren zatian, <guilabel> Aukera +nagusiak </guilabel> izenekoa, denbora <guibutton>Atzerapena ezar dezakezu +lehenetsitako irudia abiatu aurretik</guibutton>, segundotan +neurtuta. Bitarte horretan, Grub edo Lilo eskuragarri dauden sistema +eragileen zerrenda erakutsiko dizu, zuk bat aukeratzeko asmoz. Ez baduzu +aukeratzen, abioko kargatzailea berez definituriko sistema eragilea hasiko +du, behin ezarritako epea amaitu ondoren.</para> + + <para>Hirugarrenean eta azken lekuan, <guibutton>Segurtasuna</guibutton> +deiturikoa, pasahitz bat definitzea posiblea da.</para> + + <para>Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton> beste aukera batzuk aukeratzea +baimentzen du.</para> <para><guibutton>Gaitu ACPI:</guibutton></para> - <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the -power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was -the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI -compatible.</para> + <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) energia kudeatzeko +estandar bat da. Erabiltzen ez diren gailuak geldituz elektrizitatea +aurreztu dezakezu, metodo hau APM aurretik erabili zen. Hautatu lauki hau +zure hardwarea ACPI estandarrarekin bateragarria bada.</para> <para><guibutton>Gaitu SMP:</guibutton></para> - <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for -multicore processors.</para> + <para>SMP-ak Prozesadore Simetriko Anizkunak esan nahi du. Hainbat nukleoko +prozesadoreetarako arkitektura da.</para> <note> - <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual -processor and enable SMP.</para> + <para>Prozesadore bat baduzu HyperThreading-ekin, Mageia-k prozesadore duala +bezala ikusiko du eta SMP-a aktibatuko du.</para> </note> <para><guibutton>Gaitu APIC</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Gaitu Tokiko APIC:</guibutton></para> - <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two -components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O -APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses -to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful -for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC -system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message -"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local -APIC.</para> + <para>APIC-ek Eten Kontrolatzaile Programagarri Aurreratuta esan nahi du. Bi +osagarri daude Intel APIC-sisteman, APIC lokalean (LAPIC-a) eta I/O +APIC-a. Bide hauek bus periferikoetatik jasotzen dituen etenak +prozesadorean aurkitzen dituzten APIC lokal bati edo gehiagori. Oso +erabilgarria da Prozesadore askotako sistema batentzat. Ordenagailu batzuek +arazoak dituzte APIC sistemarekin izoztea eragin dezakenak edo gailuen +okerreko antzematea (errore-mezua "sasikoa 8259A etena: IRQ7"). Kasu +honetan, APIC-a eta/edo APIC lokal desaktibatu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -80,13 +90,20 @@ APIC.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the -available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the -order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the -selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or -<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new -entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar -with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools.</para> + <para>En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las +opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto +está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el +elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los +botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, +aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del +Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar +familiarizado con Lilo o Grub.<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> pantailan +sistema abiaraztean dauden aukeren zerrenda bat ikus dezakezu. Ezarpen +lehenetsia izartxo batez markatuta. Zerrendaren ordena aldatzeko, mugitu +hautatutako elementua gezietan klik eginez. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> +edo <guibutton>Editatu</guibutton> botoietan klik egiten baduzu, leiho berri +bat agertuko da Grub-en menuan sarrerak gehitzeko edo daudenak aldatzeko +aukera emanez. </para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -94,24 +111,24 @@ with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want -to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For -example: Mageia3.</para> + <para><guilabel>Etiketa</guilabel> eremua librea da, eta bertan idatz daiteke, +menuan agertzea nahi duzun edukia. Grub "title" komandoarekin bat +dator. Adibidez: Mageia3.</para> - <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches -the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para> + <para><guilabel>Irudi</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena +dauka. Grub-en "kernel" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez /boot/vmlinuz.</para> - <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the -kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para> + <para><guilabel>Root</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena +dauka. Grub-en "root" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez (hd0,1).</para> - <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to -the kernel at boot time.</para> + <para>"Eranstea" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka.</para> - <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this -entry by default.</para> + <para>"lehenetsia" Kutxa hautatuta badago, GRUB sarrera hau hasieratuko du modu +lehenetsian.</para> - <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to -choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> -file and a <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> in the drop-down lists.</para> + <para><Guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> pantailan, posible da +<guilabel>Bideo-modua</guilabel> aukeratzea, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> +fitxategi bat eta <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> zabaltzen den +zerrendetan.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml index ce77c108..54ecbfac 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml @@ -11,29 +11,36 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows you to automatically -login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any -password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good idea when there -is only one user like to be using the machine.</para> + </footnote> zure ingurune/mahaigainean +erabiltzaile berari automatikoki konektatzeko aukera ematen dio, edozein +pasahitz eskatu gabe. Autologin izenekoa. Hau ideia ona izan ohi da, han +makina erabiltzeko erabiltzaile bakar bat badago.</para> - <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the -Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para> + <para>Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role="bold">Abio</emphasis> erlaitzean +kokatuta "Saio-hasiera automatikoa itxuratzea" deiturik.</para> <para>Interfaze botoiak nahiko bistakoak dira:</para> - <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system -starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the -boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be -possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by -launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para> + <para>Egiaztatu <guibutton>Abiarazi ingurune grafikoa zure sistema +abiaraztean</guibutton>, X Window Sistema hasi ondoren exekutatzea nahi +izanez gero. Horrela ez bada sistema testu moduan hasiko da. Dena den, +posible da GUI-a eskuz abiaraztea. Hau 'startx' edo 'systemctl start dm' +komandoa exekutatzen egin daiteke.</para> - <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either -<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to -continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check -<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if -needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default -username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para> + <para>Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o +bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el +sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar +automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es +necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre +de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por +defecto</guilabel>.Lehengo laukia aktibatuta baldin badago, beste bi aukera +agertuko dira. Markatu <guibutton>Ez, nik ez dut autologin-ik +nahi</guibutton>, sistemak erabiltzailea eta pasahitza eskatzea nahi baduzu, +edo <guibutton>Bai, (erabiltzaile, idazmahai) honekin automatikoki sartzea +nahi dut</guibutton>, beharrezkoa bada. Horrelakoetan, +<guilabel>lehenetsitako erabiltzaile izena<guilabel> hornitzea behar duzu +baita <guilabel>lehenetsitako idazmahaia<guilabel>.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml index c847f9cb..fa591afa 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml @@ -16,19 +16,20 @@ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically -when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing -a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the -information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para> + <para>Normalean, tresna hau <footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu <emphasis +role="bold">Drakbug</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> automatikoki +hasi egiten da Mageia-ko tresna batek talka egiten duenean. Dena den, +litekeena da akats txosten bat bete ondoren, eskatu egingo zaizu tresna hau +berriro abiaraztea emandako informazio batzuk egiaztatzeko, eta ondoren, +informazio horiek akats txosten honetan sartzeko.</para> - <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, -then please read <link -xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to -report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para> + <para>Akats txosten berri bat behar bada eta ez zara hori egiteko gai, orduan +mesedez irakur ezazu <link +xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly"> Nola +egin akats txosten bat behar bezala</link> "Salatu" botoia sakatu aurretik.</para> - <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message -that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to -that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para> + <para>Akatsa jadanikbeste norbaitek aurkeztu badu (Drakbug eman zion errore mezua +berdina izango da), erabilgarria da iruzkin bat gehitzea zuk ikusi duzun +existitzen den akats honetara.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml index 3cbfd8a8..a15bf43f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml @@ -11,16 +11,15 @@ xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Bildu erregistroak eta sistemaren informazioa Akatsen Txostenentzat</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle> </info> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can only be started and used -on the command line.</para> + <para>Tresna honek <placeholder type="footnote" id="0"> komando lerrotik soilik +hasi daiteke.</para> -<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by -doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, -but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be -several GBs large.</para> -<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing -the unneeded parts.</para></note> +<para>Gomendagarria da komando honen irteera fitxategi batean, adibidez <emphasis +role="bold">drakbug_report> drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>-an idaztea, baina +ziurtatu diskoan espazio nahikoa duzula lehenengo: fitxategia erraz zenbait +GB-takoa izan daiteke.</para> +<note><para>Irteera handiegia da akats txosten baterako behargabeko parteak lehenik eta +behin ezabatu gabe.</para></note> <para>Komando honek zure sisteman ondoko informazioa biltzen:</para> <itemizedlist> @@ -60,12 +59,19 @@ the unneeded parts.</para></note> </itemizedlist> - <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's -output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch -to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as -root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If -you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000 -lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail --n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note> + <note><para>Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte "syslog" de la salida de este +comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a +nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el "syslog" +haciendo (como root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt +</emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, +tomar las últimas 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role="bold"> +journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>.Laguntza hau +idatzi zenean, "syslog" komando honen irteerako "partea" hutsik zegoen, +oraindik tresna hau ez zen estutu gure systemd-ko aldaketetara. Oraindik +hutsik badago, "syslog" berreskura dezakezu <emphasis role="bold"> +journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis> (root bezala) eginez. Zuk diskoan +espazio asko ez baduzu, erregistroaren azken 5.000 lerroak har ditzakezu, +adibidez, hurrengo komandoaren bitartez: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a +| tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml index 7ba8fff5..05d57653 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml @@ -11,40 +11,43 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found under the tab System -in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and -time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a -right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para> + </footnote> Sistema hegalean aurkitzen +da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean <guilabel>"Kudeatu data eta ordua"</guilabel> +etiketaturik. Mahaigaineko ingurune batzuetan eskuragarri ere dago, / data +eta ordua Ezarri ... sistemaren barraren erlojuaren gainean eskuineko botoia +sakatuz eskuragarri.</para> <para>Oso tresna sinplea da.</para> - <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On -the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on -the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month -(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or -2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para> - - <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time -Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on -time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time -Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para> - - <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's -useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, -minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows -to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see -your desktop environment settings for that.</para> - - <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the -<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the -nearest town.</para> + <para>Goiko ezker aldean <emphasis role="bold">Egutegia</emphasis> +dago. Pantaila-kapturako data Iraila (ezkerrean goian) da, 2012 (eskuinera +goian), 2a (urdinean) eta Igandea da. Hilabetea (edo urte) aukera ezazu +Irailaren (edo 2012) alde bakoitzerako gezi txikietan klik eginez. Eguna +aukera ezazu zenbakian klik eginez.</para> + + <para>En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización +<emphasis role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el +reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque +<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más +cercano.Beheko ezkerreko izkinan sinkronizatu aukera dago <emphasis +role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> posible da erlojua beti orduan +izatea zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatuta. Egiaztatu <guilabel>Gaitu Network +Time Protocol</guilabel> eta aukeratu gertuen dagoen zerbitzaria.</para> + + <para>Eskuinaldean erlojuak dago. Ezin duzu erlojua ezarri NTP gaituta izanez +gero. Hiru kutxak ordu, minutu eta segundo (15, 28 eta 22 irudian) erakusten +dute. Erabili geziak erlojua ordu egokiarekin ezartzeko. Formatua ezin da +hemen aldatu, ikus mahaigain inguruneko konfigurazioa horretarako.</para> + + <para>Gutxienez, behean eskuinean, hautatu zure ordu eremua <guibutton>Aldatu Ordu +Eremua</guibutton> sakatuz eta zerrendako hurbilen dagoen herria +aukeratzean.</para> <note> - <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they -will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation -settings.</para> + <para>Data edo ordu formatua tresna honetan aukeratzea posible ez izan arren, +mahaigainean erakutsiko dira, eskualde ezarpenen arabera.</para> </note> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml index 93e12d28..ae4af7a1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis + <para>Hemen sare interfazea ezabatu dezakezu<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote>.</para> - <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then -click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> + <para>Egin klik zabaltzen den menuan, hautatu zein ezabatu nahi duzun eta egin +klik <emphasis>Hurrengoa</emphasis>.</para> <para>Sare interfaze arrakastaz ezabatua izan den mezu bat ikusiko duzu.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml index 9a2a88cb..b7250545 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna honek <footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows to configure much of -local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from -your access provider or your network administrator.</para> + </footnote> bertako hainbat sare edo +internet sarbide konfiguratu dezakezu. Interneteko zerbitzu hornitzaileak +edo sare administratzaileren informazio izan behar duzu.</para> - <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware -and provider you have.</para> + <para>Aukera ezazu, hardwarearekin eta zuk daukazun hornitzailearekin ados dagoen +konexioko mota.</para> </section> <section> @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ and provider you have.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one -to configure.</para> + <para>Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu +bat konfiguratzeko.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ to configure.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers -are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained -below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The -HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, -the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. -The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option -<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers -have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address -from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> + <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP +zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian +azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu +behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez +bada, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten +da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik +esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute +mota honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP +helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para> + <para>Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -77,24 +77,28 @@ from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para> + <para>Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS +zerbitzaria</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para> + <para>NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server -requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP -address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para> + <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP +requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección +IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP +eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen +badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez +dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection -configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien +konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </listitem> @@ -104,22 +108,21 @@ configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS -servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no -HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is -attributed by default.</para> - - <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like -<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is -<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are -available from your service provider's website.</para> - - <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search -domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your -computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is -"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless -you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, -domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para> + <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: zer DNS zerbitzari erabiliko den +aitortu behar duzu. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu +daiteke. HOSTNAME bat zehazten ez bada, izena +<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko da lehenspenez.</para> + + <para>Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da, +sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS +zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude.</para> + + <para>Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz +dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua +"splash" baderitzo eta domeinu izena "splash.boatanchor.net" bilaketa +domeinua "boatanchor.net" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu +behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, ADSL sareak ez du +ezarpen hau behar.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -129,7 +132,7 @@ domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </listitem> @@ -139,10 +142,10 @@ domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para> <section> <title>Satelite konexio berri bat (DVB)</title> - <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau +idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc +taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> </section> <section> @@ -150,8 +153,8 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one -to configure.</para> + <para>Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu +bat konfiguratzeko.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -167,8 +170,8 @@ to configure.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name -and password.</para> + <para>BPALogin (beharreko Telstra da). Kasu honetan erabiltzaile-izena eta +pasahitza eman behar duzu.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> @@ -178,15 +181,15 @@ and password.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers -are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained -below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The -HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, -the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. -The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option -<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers -have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address -from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> + <para><emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak +aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den +bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar +da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, +<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan +ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu +hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota +honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP +helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -194,7 +197,7 @@ from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para> + <para>Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -206,24 +209,28 @@ from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para> + <para>Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS +zerbitzaria</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para> + <para>NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server -requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP -address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para> + <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP +requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección +IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP +eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen +badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez +dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection -configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien +konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </listitem> @@ -233,22 +240,21 @@ configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers -to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME -is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is -attributed by default.</para> - - <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like -<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is -<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are -available from your service provider's website.</para> - - <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search -domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your -computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is -"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless -you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, -domestic connection would not need this setting.</para> + <para><emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aitortu behar +dira. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaz daiteke. Inongo HOSTNAME-rik ez bada +zehazten, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izena lehenetsi eransten +da.</para> + + <para>Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da, +sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS +zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude.</para> + + <para>Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz +dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua +"splash" baderitzo eta domeinu izena "splash.boatanchor.net" bilaketa +domeinua "boatanchor.net" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu +behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, etxeko sareak ez +du ezarpen hau behar.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -258,7 +264,7 @@ domestic connection would not need this setting.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </listitem> @@ -270,14 +276,15 @@ domestic connection would not need this setting.</para> <para><orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to -configure it.</para> + <para>Tresnak sareko interfazerik antzematen badu, bat hautatzea eta hura +itxuratzeko aukera eskaintzen du.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your -provider. If it is not listed, select the option -<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para> + <para>Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera +sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu +<guilabel>Zerrendatu gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman +hornitzailea.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -329,7 +336,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist></para> </section> @@ -372,10 +379,10 @@ arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure txartela.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your -provider. If it is not listed, select the option -<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave -you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para> + <para>Herrialdearen arabera sailkatutako hornitzaileen zerrenda bat eskaintzen da +ondoren. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendan dago, aukeratu +<guilabel>Ez da ageri<guilabel> eta idatzi zure ISPak emandako aukerak. Gero +parametroak eskatuko zaizkizu:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -401,14 +408,15 @@ you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or -manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para> + <para>Honen ondoren, IP helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodo bidez jaso nahi +duzun aukeratzea. Azken kasu horretan, idatzi IP helbidea eta azpisare +maskara.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by -automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to -put:</para> + <para>Hurrengo pausoa, DNS zerbitzarien helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodoz +lortzen diren edo ez adieraztea da. Eskuzko konfigurazioen kasuan, zehaztu +behar duzu:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -420,20 +428,19 @@ put:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you -are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para> + <para>Aukeratu host izena IP-tik ezarri den. Aukera hau zure hornitzaile +konfigurazioak onartuko duela ziur bazaude soilik.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic -or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the -IP address.</para> + <para>Hurrengo pausoa da pasagunea helbidea automatikoki edo eskuz lortzen den +modua hautatzea da. Eskuz ezartzea, IP helbidea sartu behar duzu.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist></para> </section> @@ -443,14 +450,14 @@ IP address.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for -Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper -only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para> + <para>Lehenengo leiho batean interfazeak eta Windows kontrolatzaile sarrera bat +(ndiswrapper) zerrendatzen dira. Aukeratu bat konfiguratzeko. Erabili +ndiswrapper soilik beste konfigurazio metodoak zuen lan egiten ez badute.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that -the card has detected.</para> + <para>Urrats honetan, txartelak detektatutako sarbide puntu desberdinen arteko +aukeraketan dago.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -490,14 +497,14 @@ the card has detected.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para> + <para>Enkriptatze modua: sargune nola konfiguratuta dagoen araberakoa da.</para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>WPA/WPA2</term> <listitem> - <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para> + <para>Enkriptatze modu hau hobea da zure hardwareak uzten badu.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -514,14 +521,13 @@ the card has detected.</para> <listitem> <para>Enkriptatze-gakoa</para> - <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para> + <para>Normalean sarbideak emandako hardwarearekin batera dator.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a -manual IP address.</para> + <para>Puntu honetan, IP helbidea eskuz edo automatikoa aukeratzea da.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -529,13 +535,13 @@ manual IP address.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are -declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained -below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The -HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is -specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The -Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option -<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak +aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den +bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar +da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, +localhost.localdomain izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak +eman dezake <code>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> +aukerarekin</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -543,7 +549,7 @@ Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para> + <para>Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -555,24 +561,28 @@ Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para> + <para>Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS +zerbitzariak</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para> + <para>NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server -requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP -address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para> + <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP +requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección +IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP +eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen +badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez +dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all -connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Konfigurazioa urratsa onartu ondoren, konexio konfigurazio guztietan ohikoa +da , hau azaltzen da: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </listitem> @@ -582,22 +592,22 @@ connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The -HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, -the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para> - - <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like -<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is -<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are -available from your providers website.</para> - - <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search -domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, -before the period.</para> + <para><emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aldarrikatu behar +dituzu.. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME bat +zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko +da lehenspenez.</para> + + <para>Bizitegi sare bat egiteko, IP helbideak <emphasis>192.168.xx</emphasis> +itxura du beti, Sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta +Pasabidea eta DNS zerbitzarietan zure hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri +daude.</para> + + <para>Ezarpen aurreratuan, zehaztu ahal da <emphasis>Domeinuko bilaketa</emphasis> +bat. Host izenaren antzekoa puntu aurreko izen gabe.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </listitem> @@ -609,23 +619,24 @@ before the period.</para> <para><orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to -configure it.</para> + <para>Tresna haririk gabeko interfazeak detektatzen badu, bat aukeratu eta +konfiguratzeko aukera ematen digu.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para> + <para>PIN eskatuko da. Utzi hutsik PINa beharrezkoa ez bada</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option -<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para> + <para>Morroiak sarea eskatzen du. Ez bada detektatzen, +<guilabel>Ezzerrendatutako</guilabel> aukera hautatu ezazu.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your -provider. If it is not listed, select the option -<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para> + <para>Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera +sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu +<guilabel>Zerrendatu gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman +hornitzailea.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -647,7 +658,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist></para> </section> @@ -655,14 +666,14 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option <section> <title>Bluetooth telefonozko sareratzea konexio berri bat</title> - <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau +idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc +taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> </section> <section> - <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title> + <title>Telefono analogiko modem konexio berri bat (POTS)</title> <orderedlist> <listitem> @@ -684,15 +695,15 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package -<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para> + <para>Oraindik instalatuta ez badago, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketea +instalatzea iradokiko dizu.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your -provider. If it is not listed, select the option -<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider -gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> + <para>Hornitzaile zerrenda proposatuko da herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu +zure hornitzailea. Hala ez badago, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu +gabeko</guilabel> aukera, eta ondoren idatzi zure hornitzaileak eman +dizkizun aukerak. Ondoren markatze aukerak eskatzen dira:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -740,7 +751,7 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> @@ -760,7 +771,7 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Gaitu trafikoaren kontabilitatea</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Gaitu sare estatistikak</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -768,9 +779,10 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow -access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch -automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para> + <para>Konexio harigabe bat egotekotan, kutxa osagarri baten +<emphasis>Sarbide-puntua ibiltaria onartu</emphasis> zein automatikoki +seinale-indarraren arabera sarbide-puntuen artean aldatzeko aukera ematen +duen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml index fbf2dfcb..2751e555 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna honek<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> gives you access to a console -which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more -information about that.</para> + </footnote> zuzenean root bezala +irekitako kontsola baterako sarrera ematen dizu. Ez dugu uste horri buruzko +informazio gehiago behar duzunik.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml index aa832eee..24138ef1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml @@ -19,19 +19,20 @@ </mediaobject> <warning> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna honek<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> edo <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny -error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a -partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll -see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on -<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para> + </footnote> oso boteretsua da, huts +ñimiño batek edo zure teklatuan katu batek salto eginez partizio batean datu +guztiak galtzera edo disko gogor guztia ezabatzera gida dezakete. Arrazoi +horretarako, tresna pantailaren gainean ikusiko duzu +pantaila. <emphasis>Irteera</emphasis> gainean klik egin ezazu jarraitu nahi +duzula seguru ez bazaude.</para> </warning> - <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you -want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para> + <para>Disko gogor bat baino gehiago edukiz gero, lan egin nahi duzun disko +gogorrera aldatu zaitezke fitxa zuzena aukeratuz (sda, sdb, sdc etab).</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -39,24 +40,24 @@ want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your -preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, -resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a -partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear -all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete -disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a -partition.</para> + <para>Zuk akzio askoren artean aukera dezakezu disko gogorra zure lehentasunetara +estutzeko. Disko gogor osoa garbitzea, partizioak banatzea edo bat egitea, +bere tamaina edo bere fitxategi-sistema, bere formatua aldatzea edo zatiketa +batean aurkitzen dena bistaratzea: dena posiblea da. Behealdeko +<emphasis><guibutton>Ezabatu botoia</guibutton></emphasis> disko gogor osoa +ezabatzeko da, gainerako botoiak eskuinean egiten dira ikusgai partizio +batean klik egin ondoren.</para> - <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot -choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition -must be unmounted first.</para> + <para>Hautatutako partizioa muntatuta badago, beheko adibidean bezala, ezin duzu +aukeratu tamainaz aldatzea, formateatzea edo ezabatzea. Partizioa lehenengo +desmuntatua izan behar da hori egin ahal izateko.</para> <para>Soilik posible da partizio tamaina aldatzea bere eskuinaldean</para> - <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to -delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button -<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is -selected</para> + <para>Partizio mota bat aldatzeko (aldaketa ext3-tik ext4-ra adibidez) partizioa +ezabatu eta gero berriro sortu mota berriarekin. <guibutton +role="bold">Sortu</guibutton> botoia agertzen da diskoan toki huts bat +hautatuta dagoenean</para> <para>Existitzen ez den muntai puntu bat aukeratu ahal izango baduzu, sortu egingo da.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml index ad33dab5..ddff9705 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml @@ -14,14 +14,12 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Here<footnote> - <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> you can choose which display -manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available -on your system will be shown.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Hemen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> idazmahai-ingurunean sartzeko +zein pantaila kudeatzaile erabiliko duzun aukera dezakezu. Zure sisteman +eskuragarri daudenak erakutsiko dira soilik.</para> - <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look -different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM -is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Erabiltzaile gehienek soilik nabarituko dute emandako saioen pantailaren +itxura desberdina dela. Hala eta guztiz ere, ezaugarriak desberdintasunak +dituzte. LXDM pantaila kudeatzaile arin bat da, KDM eta GDM osagarri gehiago +dute.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml index e8acca36..cc6c348e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml @@ -11,25 +11,25 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found under the Security -tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal -firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system -security, permissions and audit".</para> - - <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming -connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the -first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection -attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - -<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable -the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para> - - <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on -<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field -<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these -examples :</para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Guneko +Segurtasun fitxan dago etiketaturik "Konfiguratu suebaki +pertsonala". Lehenengo fitxako "Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta +auditoria" tresna bera da.</para> + + <para>Oinarrizko suebaki bat instalatzen da modu lehenetsian +Mageia-rekin. Kanpoaldetiko konexio guztiak oztopatzen ditu ez badaude +baimenduta. Goiko lehen pantailan, zerbitzuak hauta ditzakezu zeinetarako +kanpoko konexio-ahaleginak onartuko diren. Zure segurtasunerako, desmarkatu +lehen kutxa - <guilabel>Guztia (suebaki gabe)</guilabel> - suebakia desgaitu +nahi ez baduzu behintzat, eta soilik beharrezko zerbitzuak egiaztatzeko.</para> + + <para>Posible da, portu-zenbakiak eskuz sartzea irekitzeko. Sakatu +<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta leiho berri bat irekiko +da. <guilabel>Beste portuak</guilabel> eremuan, sartu behar diren portuak +honako adibideak jarraituz :</para> <para>80/tcp : ireki 80 portua tcp protokoloan</para> @@ -37,8 +37,9 @@ examples :</para> <para>Zerrendatutako portuak espazio baten bidez bereizi behar dira.</para> - <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is -checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para> + <para><guilabel>Suebaki erregistro mezuak sistemaren erregistroaren</guilabel> +laukia aktibatuta badago, suebakiaren mezuak sistemaren erregistroetan +gordeko dira</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -47,19 +48,20 @@ checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para> </mediaobject> <note> - <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) -it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even -recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para> + <para>Ez baduzu barne zerbitzu espezifikorik (web edo posta zerbitzaria, fitxategi +partekatzea...) erabat posiblea da ezer ez markatuta izatea, gomendatzen +dute, ez dizu eragozten Internetera konektatzea.</para> </note> - <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature -allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box -<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second -box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure -somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards -corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot -below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be -warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para> + <para>Hurrengo pantaila Suebaki aukera Interaktiboekin banatzen da. Ezaugarri +hauek konexio-saioez zuri ohartaraztea baimentzen dutela espero dute +gutxienez lehen lauki <guilabel>Suebaki Interaktiboa Erabili +</guilabel>markaturik badago. Bigarren laukia marka ezazu portuak eskaneatu +egiten badira (nonbait faila bat aurkitzeko eta zure makinan sartzeko asmoz) +abisatzeko. Hirugarreneko lauki bakoitzak hemendik aurrera lehen bi +pantailetan ireki zenituen portuena da; beheko pantailan, bi gutunontzi +daude: SSH zerbitzaria eta 80:150/tcp. Portu horietan konexioa saiatzen den +bakoitzean abisatzeko egiazta itzazu.</para> <para>Ohartarazpen hauek alerta popups sare applet bitartez eman dira.</para> @@ -75,12 +77,12 @@ warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the -Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary -packages are downloaded.</para> + <para>Azken pantailan, aukeratu zein sare interfazeak Internetera konektatzen +diren eta babestu egin itzazu. Ados botoian klikatu eta gero, beharrezko +paketeak jaitsi egingo dira.</para> <tip> - <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & -Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para> + <para>Ez badakizu zer aukeratu, MCC-en Sare & Internet fitxa, Ezarri sare +interfaze berri bat ikonoan begirada bat bota.</para> </tip> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml index 563cc450..af7cd61e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It -allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen -above shows:</para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +<emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> fitxaren azpian dago +presente. Ordenagailuko eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak kudeatzeko aukera +ematen du. Pantaila nagusia goian:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -37,29 +37,30 @@ above shows:</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Eskuratu Windows-en Letrak: <emphasis/></emphasis></para> - <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You -must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para> + <para>Botoi honek Windows partizioan aurkitutako letra tipoak automatikoki +gehitzen ditu. Microsoft Windows instalaturik izan behar duzu.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Aukerak:</emphasis></para> - <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able -to use the fonts.</para> + <para>Aplikazio edo gailuak zehaztea baimentzen du (inprimagailuak gehienbat) +letra tipoak erabiltzeko gai direnak.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Desinstalatu:</emphasis></para> - <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be -careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the -documents that use them.</para> + <para>Botoi honek instalatutako letra-tipoak kendu eta, seguru asko, leku batzuk +aurreztu. Kontuz ibili letra-tipoak kentzerakoan, erabiltzen dituzten +dokumentuetan ondorio larriak izan ditzakete.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Inportatu:</emphasis></para> - <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The -supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the -<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis -role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the -fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when -done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para> + <para>Hirugarren baten (CD, Internet ...) iturriak gehitzea baimentzen +du. Jasandako formatuak ttf, pfa, PFB, PCF, PFM eta GSF dira. Klikatu egin +<emphasis role="bold">Inportatu</emphasis> botoian eta gero <emphasis +role="bold">Gehitzean</emphasis>, artxibo kudeatzaile bat agertzen da +instalatzeko iturriak aukera ditzazun, egin dezan klik <emphasis +role="bold">Instalatu</emphasis> amaitu duzunean. Instalatuko dira +/usr/share/fonts karpetan.</para> - <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont -main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para> + <para>Berriki instalatu (edo kendu) badituzu letra tipoak, drakfont pantaila +nagusian ez badira agertzen, itxi eta berriro ireki aldaketak ikusteko.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml index bb3d13a7..369ac6ca 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml @@ -11,37 +11,37 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found in the Mageia -Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental -Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the -drakguard package (not installed by default).</para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean, +Segurtasun fitxan pean dago, etiketaturik <guilabel>Guraso +Kontrol</guilabel>. Ez baduzu etiketa hau ikusten, drakguard paketea +(lehenetsiz instalatu gabe) instalatu behar duzu.</para> <section> <title>Aurkezpena</title> - <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to -restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three -useful capabilities:</para> + <para>Drakguard modu erraz batean guraso kontrolak ezartzeko zure ordenagailua +mugatzeko nork zer egin dezakeen eta zein eguneko garaietan. Drakguard hiru +gaitasun erabilgarri ditu:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by -controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para> + <para>Erabiltzaile izenekoei sarbidea mugatuta dago erlojua ezartzea. Hau +shorewall Mageiaren suebaki integratua erbiliz egiten da.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can -only execute what you accept them to execute.</para> + <para>erabiltzaile izenekoei bereziki komandoak exekutatzea blokleatzen du beraz, +erabiltzaile horiek onartzen dutena soilik exekutatu dezakete.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through -blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the -website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental -control blocker DansGuardian.</para> + <para>Sarbidea mugatzen du webgune batzuetara, bai eskuzko zerrenda beltz/zurien +bidez definitzen da, baina baita dinamikoki web gunearen edukian +oinarrituta. Hau lortzeko Drakguard kode irekiko gurasoen kontrol +blokeatzaile liderra DansGuardian erabiltzen du.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -50,41 +50,43 @@ control blocker DansGuardian.</para> <title>Guraso kontrolak Konfiguratzen</title> <para><warning> - <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, -Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on -your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel -feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named -users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by -an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this -prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will -then suggest you reboot.</para> - </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental -control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab -is opened.</para> + <para>Zure ordenagailuak Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo ReiserFS-formatuan partiziorik +badauzka, popup bat ikusiko duzu ACL-ak zure partizioetan +konfiguratzeko. ACL-ak Sarbideko Kontroleko Zerrendak esan nahi izaten du, +eta banakako fitxategietarako sarrera izendatutako erabiltzaileengana +mugatzea onartzen duen Linux-eko nukleoko ezaugarri bat da. ACL-ak Ext4-etan +eta Btrfs-ek sistemak artxiboetan egin dituzte, baina aukera batek +ahalbidetzen ditu Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo Reiserfs-partizioetan. 'Bai' +hautatzen baduzu drakguard-ek zure partizio guztiak konfiguratuko ditu ACL-a +sostengatzeko, eta orduan berrabiarazteko oharra iradokiko dizu.</para> + </warning><guibutton>Guraso Kontrola Gaitul</guibutton>: Egiaztatuta badago, kontrola +gurasoen gaituta dago eta <guilabel>Programetarako sarbidea +Blokeatu</guilabel> fitxa irekitzen da.</para> <para><guibutton>Sareko trafiko guztia blokatu</guibutton>: Hautatuta badago, web orri guztiek blokeatuta daude, eta zerrenda zuria fitxan direnak izan ezik. Bestela, web orri guztiek onartzen dira, zerrenda beltzak fitxan direnak izan ezik.</para> - <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have -their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the -right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are -not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on -<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an -user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to -remove him/her from the allowed users.</para> + <para><guibutton>Erabiltzaile-sarrera:</guibutton> Sarbidea ezkerrean agertzen +diren erabiltzaileengana murriztu da zehaztu dituzun erregelak +ezagututa. Eskuineko aldeko erabiltzaileek sarbidea murrizketarik gabe dute +konputagailuko erabiltzaile helduei ez ditzatela eragotzi. Ezkerreko +erabiltzaile bat hautatu eta egin klik <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> hura +erabiltzaile baimendutako zerrendari gehitzeko. Eskuineko erabiltzaile bat +hautatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> baimendutako erabiltzaile +zerrendatik ezabatzeko.</para> - <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed -with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and -<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time -window.</para> + <para><guibutton>Denbora kontrola:</guibutton> hautatzen bada, interneteko sarbide +<guilabel>Hasiera</guilabel> eta <guilabel>Amaiera</guilabel> denboren +artean murrizketak onartuko dira. Era bat blokeatuta egongo da leiho denbora +honetatik kanpo.</para> <section> <title>Zerrenda beltz/zuri taula</title> - <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the -<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para> + <para>Idatzi goialdeko lehen eremuan web URLa eta sakatu +<guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia.</para> </section> <section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml index bda07529..644ef6ff 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml @@ -27,97 +27,95 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="drakgw-net.png"/> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a -computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local -network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to -other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the -gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card -must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to -the Internet (2).</para> - - <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are -set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para> + </mediaobject>Hau erabilgarria da zuk, +Interneterako (2) Sarbidea duen eta sare lokalera (1) ere konektatuta +dagoen, konputagailua (3) duzunean. Zuk pasabide bezala konputagailua (3) +erabil dezakezu beste lan-estazio batzuetarako (5) eta (6) sarbidea emateko +sare lokalean (1). Hartarako, pasabideak bi interfaze izan behar ditu; +lehenak Ethernet txartel bat bezala egon behar du sare lokalean, eta +Internetera (2) konektatuta bigarrena (4).</para> + + <para>Lehen urratsa sarea eta Interneteko sarbidea ezarrita dagoela egiaztatzea, +<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>-en dokumentatuta dagoen bezala.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard"> <title>Pasagune morroia</title> - <para>The wizard<footnote> - <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> offers successive steps -which are shown below:</para> + <para>Morroiak <placeholder type="footnote" id="0 "/> bertan azaltzen diren ondoz +ondoko urratsak eskaintzen ditu:</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this -and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para> + <para>Morroiak ez ditu gutxienez bi interfazeak antzematen, honi buruz +ohartarazten da eta sarean gelditzea eta hardwarea ezartzea eskatzen da.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard -automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that -what is proposed is correct.</para> + <para>Internet konexiorako erabiltzen den interfazea zehaztu. Morroia automatikoki +iradokitzen du interfaze bat, baina proposatzen duena zuzena den egiaztatu +beharko duzu.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes -one, check that this is correct.</para> + <para>zehaztu zein LAN sare interfazea sarbidea erabiltzen den. Morroiak bat +proposatzen du, begiratu hori zuzena den.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask -and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual -configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para> + <para>Morroiak Lan sareko parametroak porposatzen ditu, hala nola, IP helbidea, +maskara eta domeinu izena. Egiaztatu parametro horiek oraingo +konfigurazioekin bateragarriak direla. Gomendagarria da zuk balio horiek +onartzea.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard -will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to -specify the address of a DNS server.</para> + <para>ordenagailua DNS zerbitzari gisa erabili behar den zehaztu. Baietz bada, +morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>bind</code> instalatuko dela. Bestela, DNS +zerbitzari baten helbidea zehaztu behar duzu.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard -will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure -it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para> + <para>ordenagailua DHCP zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, +morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>dhcp-zerbitzaria</code> instalatuta eta DHCP +eremuko hasiera eta amaiera helbideekin ezartzea eskaintzen da.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard -will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, -with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the -proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para> + <para>ordenagailua proxy zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, +morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>squid</code> instalatuta dagoela eta hura +ezartzea eskiniko zaizu, administratzaileak (admin@mydomain.com) +helbidearekin, proxy izena (myfirewall@mydomaincom) du, portua (3128) eta +cache tamaina (100 Mb).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to -printers and to share them.</para> + <para>Azken urratsa pasagunea makina inprimagailuak eta partekatzeko konektatuta +dagoela ikusteko aukera ematen du.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> - <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para> + <para>Ohartarazi egingo zaizu suebakia aktibo dagoela jakiteko.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-configure"> <title>Bezeroa konfiguratu</title> - <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to -specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address -automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting -to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is -using.</para> + <para>DHCP-arekin pasabidea itxuratu baduzu, soilik beharrezkoa da +sare-konfigurazio tresnan helbidea era automatikoan lortzen dela zehaztea +(DHCP-aren bitartez). sarera konektatzen denean lortzen dira +Parametroak. Metodo hau baliozkoa da bezeroak erabilitako sistema eragilea +edozein dela ere.</para> - <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular -specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the -gateway.</para> + <para>Sare-parametroak eskuz zehaztu behar badituzu, pasabidea zehaztu behar du, +bereziki, pasabide bezala jokatzen duen makinaren IP helbidea sarrertzearen +bitartez.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-stop"> <title>Gelditu konexioa partekatzea</title> - <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch -the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the -sharing.</para> + <para>Mageia ordenagailuko konexioa partekatzea gelditu nahi baduzu, abiarazi +tresna. Konexioa ezartzeko edo partekatzea gelditzeko aukera emango dizu.</para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml index bf0e9a9d..f36c14e7 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml @@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed -IP-addresses, this tool<footnote> + <para>Zure sareko sistema batzuek zerbitzuak ematen bazaituztete, eta IP-helbidea +finkatzen badute, tresna honek<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows to -specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name -instead of the IP-address.</para> + </footnote> haiek +errazago atzitzeko izen bat zehaztea onartzen du. Orduan izen hori erabil +dezakezu IP-helbidearen ordez.</para> <para><guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton></para> - <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window -to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an -alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para> + <para>Botoi honetaz, sistema berriko izena gehitzen da. Lortuko duzu leiho bat IP +helbidea, sistemarako host izena, eta aukeran, era berean erabil daitekeen +ezizena zehazteko.</para> <para><guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton></para> - <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the -same window.</para> + <para>Aurretik definituriko sarrera baten parametroetan sartzeko aukera +duzu. Leiho berean lortu ahal izango duzu.</para> <para/> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml index fe0b8ecc..fa114a26 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza +hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc taldea</ +link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml index 9a9164dd..a5cb33ef 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml @@ -20,58 +20,60 @@ What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) lik </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">draknetventer</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found under the Network -& Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para> + </footnote> Sarea eta Internet Mageia +Kontrol Guneko fitxan pean "Sare Gune" etiketatuta bezala aurkitzen da</para> <para/> <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks -configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, -etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending -on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its -settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a -network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, -ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para> - - <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the -first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject> + <para>Tresna hau abiarazi zenean, konfiguratuta dauden sare guztien zerrendatzen +dituen leiho bat irekitzen da, bere mota edozein izanda ere (kabletik, +irratitik, satelitetik, etab.). Haietako batean klik egiterakoan, hiru edo +lau botoi agertuko dira, sare motaren arabera, sarea zaindu ahal izateko, +bere konfigurazioa aldatu edo konektatzeko/deskonektatzeko. Tresna honek ez +du sare bat sortzeko asmoa, honetarako ikusi <guilabel>Konfiguratu +sare-interfaze berria (LAN, ISDN, ADSL-a, ...)</guilabel> MCC-ko erlaitz +berean.</para> + + <para>Beheko pantailan, adibide bezala emanda, bi sare ikus ditzakegu, lehena +kablekoa da eta konektatuta, ikono honengatik ezagungarria <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject> + </inlinemediaobject> (hau ez dago konektatuta<inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless -networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject> + </inlinemediaobject> ) eta bigarren sailak sare harigabeak +erakusten ditu, konektatu gabe daudela, ikono honegatik ezagungarria +<inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject> + </inlinemediaobject> eta honengatik <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types, -the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not -connected.</para> - - <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected -networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal -strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and -the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then -either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> -or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network -to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings -window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption -key in particular).</para> - - <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para> + </inlinemediaobject>hau konektatuta badago. Kolore-kodea beste +sare-tipoetarako beti berdina da, berde konektatuta badago eta gorria +konektatuta ez badago.</para> + + <para>Pantailaren harigabe lekuan, antzemandako sare guztiak ere ikus dezakezu, +<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>-rekin, <guilabel>Seinale indarra</guilabel>-rekin, +zifratuta badaude (gorriz)edo ez badaude (berdez), eta <guilabel>lan +modua</guilabel>. Egin klik hautatu duzun sarean eta ondoren +<guibutton>segimendua</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> edo +<guibutton>Konektatu</guibutton>. Posible da hemen sare batetik bestera +joatea. Sare pribatu bat hautatzen bada, Sarearen ezarpenen leihoa (ikus +beherago) zabalduko da eta ezarpen osagarriak (enkriptazio gakoa, bereziki) +eskatuko dizkizu.</para> + + <para>Pantaila eguneratzeko klikatu <guibutton>Freskatu</guibutton>-n.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -91,18 +93,19 @@ key in particular).</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the -PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is -available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray --> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para> + <para>Botoi honek sare-jarduera ikustea baimentzen dizu, (gorriz, +Ordenagailurantz) deskargatzen du eta (berdez, Interneterantz) igotzen +da. Pantaila bera da eskuinarekin klikatuz <guimenu>sistemaren bandejan +eskuragarri dagoen Internet ikonoaren gainean -> Sare +Estatistikak</guimenu>.</para> - <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the -local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which -gives details about connection status.</para> + <para>Badira sare bakoitzarentzat (hemen eth0 kable-sarea, lo tokiko loopback eta +wlan0 hari gabeko sarea da) fitxa bat eta horrek konexio egoerari buruzko +xehetasunak ematen duen fitxa bat.</para> <note> - <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic -accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> + <para>Leihoaren behealdean izenburu bat dago <guilabel>Trafiko +kontularitza</guilabel>, hurrengo atalean aztertuko egingo dugu.</para> </note> </section> @@ -117,35 +120,35 @@ accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network -creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> -<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual -configuration may give better results.</para> + <para>Posible da sarea sortzean zehar emandako ezarpen guztiak +aldatzea. Gehienetan, egiaztapetu <guibutton>IP Automatikoa</guibutton> +<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> egin direla, baina arazo kasuan, eskuzko +ezarpenak emaitza hobeak eman ditzake.</para> - <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks -like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the -<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are -available from your providers website.</para> + <para>Egoitza-sare batentzako, <guilabel>IP helbidea</guilabel> beti 192.168.0.x +bezalakoa da, <guilabel>Sare-maskara</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, eta +<guilabel>Pasabide</guilabel> eta <guilabel>DNS zerbitzariak</guilabel> zure +zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude.</para> - <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count -the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in -the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may -have to reconnect to the network.</para> + <para><guibutton>Gaitu sare estatistikak</guibutton> orduro, egunero edo hileroko +oinarriaren gaineko trafiko neurriaren kontrolik egotekotan. Emaitzak +erakusten dira, lehen zehatutako "pantailan". Behin estatistikak aktibatuta +egon sare konexioa berrezarri behar da.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network -Manager:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Onartu interfazea Network Manager-ek +kontrolatzea:</emphasis></para> - <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau +idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc +taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <para><guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton></para> - <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau +idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc +taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -155,7 +158,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">B - kable sare batentzat</emphasis></para> - <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para> + <para>Aurretik ez ikusitako elementuak soilik azaltzen dira.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -165,32 +168,32 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Eragilea modua:</emphasis></para> - <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access -point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select -<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select -<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the -access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para> + <para>Aukeratu <guilabel>Kudeatutako</guilabel> Sargune baten bidezko konexioa +bada, detektatutako <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> bat +dago. Aukeratu <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> puntuz sare punturako bat +bada. Aukeratu <emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> zure sare txartela +sarbide bezala erabiltzen bada, zure sare-txartela modu hau onartu behar du.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Enkriptatze modua eta Enkriptatze gakoa:</emphasis></para> - <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para> + <para>Sare pribatua bada, ezarpen horiek jakin behar dituzu.</para> - <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a -passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA -personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used -in private networks.</para> + <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> pasahitz bat erabiltzen du, eta WPA erabiltzen duen +pasaesaldia baino ahulagoa. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> WPA home +edo WPA personal ere deitzen da. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> ez da +maiz sare pribatuetan erabiltzen.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Onartu roaming sarbide puntua</emphasis>:</para> - <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access -point while remaining connected to the network.</para> + <para>Roaming teknologia ahalbidetzen du ordenagailua bere sargunea aldatzeko +sarera konektatuta dabilen bitartean.</para> <para><guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton></para> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza +hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc taldea</ +link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -204,10 +207,10 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> <section> <title>Ezarpen aurreratuetako botoia</title> - <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau +idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc +taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml index 8079a226..455d3fb3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza +hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc taldea</ +link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml index b238f6c4..42de1a9d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml @@ -23,33 +23,33 @@ <section> <title>Aurrebaldintzak</title> - <para>When the wizard<footnote> + <para>Noiz morroia<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is launched for the -first time, it may display the following message:</para> + </footnote> lehen aldiz abiatzen +denean, hurrengo mezua erakuts daiteke:</para> <blockquote> - <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para> + <para>nfs-utils paketea instalatu egin behar da. Instalatu nahi duzu?</para> </blockquote> - <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para> + <para>Instalazioa bukatu ondoren, zerrenda hutseko leiho bat agertuko da.</para> </section> <section> <title>Leiho nagusia</title> - <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list -is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a -configuration tool.</para> + <para>Partekatzen diren direktorioen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da. Urrats honetan, +zerrenda hutsik dago. <Guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia konfiguratzeko +tresna baterako sarbidea ematen dizu.</para> </section> <section> <title>Aldatu sarrera</title> - <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched -with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are -available.</para> + <para>Konfigurazioko tresna "Aldatu sarrera" bezala etiketatuta dago. Abiarazi +daiteke <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoiarekin. Honako parametro hauek +daude eskuragarri.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -61,73 +61,75 @@ available.</para> <section> <title>NFS Direktorioa</title> - <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The -<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose -it.</para> + <para>Hemen bertan zehatz dezakezu zein direktorio partekatuko +den. <Guibutton>Direktorio</guibutton> botoia nabigatzaile bati sarbidea +ematen dio aukera dezazun.</para> </section> <section> <title>Ostalari sarbidea</title> - <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared -directory.</para> + <para>Partekatutako direktorioan sartzeko baimenduta dauden hots-ak hemen zehaztu +ditzakezu.</para> - <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para> + <para>NFS bezeroak modu askotan ere zehaztu daitezke:</para> - <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name -recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para> + <para><emphasis>host bakarra</emphasis>: host bat, aitortu zuen laburtutako +izenagatik ebatzi dadin, domeinu osoko izena edo IP helbidea izan behar da</para> - <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para> + <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups @group gisa agertu daitezke.</para> - <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard -characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the -domain cs.foo.edu.</para> + <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: Makina izen komodin karaktereak izan +ditzakete * eta?. Adibidez: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu domeinu host guztiekin +bat datorrela.</para> - <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all -hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either -`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para> + <para><emphasis>IP sareak</emphasis>: halaber, host guztiei batera direktorioak +esportatu ditzakezu IP (azpi-)sare batean aldi berean. Adibidez, bai +`/255.255.252.0'edo '/22' sareko baseko helbideari erantsiko zaio.</para> </section> <section> <title>Erabiltzaile ID mapaketa</title> - <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid -0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client -cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on -the server itself.</para> + <para><emphasis>Erlazionatu root erabiltzaile anonimo gisa +(root_squash)</emphasis>: UID/GID-ak eskaerak UID/GID anonimo (root_squash) +bihurtzen ditu. Bezeroaren ordenagailuko Root-ek ezin ditu irakurri edo +idatzi ordenagailu honen zerbitzariaren errokoan sortutako artxiboak.</para> - <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root -squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients -(no_root_squash).</para> + <para><emphasis>benetako urruneko root sarbidea baimendu</emphasis>: ez itzali +UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash)l. Aukera hau bereziki erabilgarria da diskorik +gabeko lan postuetarako.</para> - <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids -to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP -directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID -mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para> + <para><emphasis>Erlazionatu erabiltzaile guztiak erabiltzaile anonimo +gisa</emphasis>: Erabiltzaile guztien UID/GID anonimora (all_squash-en) +bihurtzen ditu. Erabilgarria da FTP publikoetako NFS direktorioak, +berri-direktorioekin, etab. esportaziorako. Aurkakoa aukera no_all_squash, +lehenetsi gisa ematen da.</para> - <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of -the anonymous account.</para> + <para><emphasis>anonuid eta anongid</emphasis>: esplizituki uid eta gid kontu +anonimo ezartzen dute.</para> </section> <section> <title>Aukera aurreratuak</title> - <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests -originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option -is on by default.</para> + <para><emphasis>Konexio bermatu</emphasis>: aukera honek eskatzen du internet +ataka jatorria IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) baino txikiagoa izan behar du. Aukera +hau lehenespenez aktibatuta dago.</para> - <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read -and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any -request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by -using this option.</para> + <para><emphasis>Partekatu Irakurri-Soilik</emphasis>: soilik edozeinek irakurtzen +duela onartu ezazu edo irakurri eta idaztea eskaerak NFS-bolumen +honetan. Ez-betetzea zeinek fitxategi sistema aldatzen duen edozein eskaera +baztertu da. Hau egin ahal da esplizituki aukera hau erabiliz.</para> - <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from -violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made -by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para> + <para><emphasis>Sinkronizatutako sarbidea</emphasis>: NFS zerbitzarietan eragozten +du NFS protokoloa urratzea eta eskaera hauek egindako aldaketa aurretik +eskaerei entzutea biltegiratze egonkorrarekin (adibidez, disko-unitatea).</para> - <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can -help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See -exports(5) man page for more details.</para> + <para><emphasis>Azpizuhaitz egiaztapena</emphasis>: segurtasuna kasu batzuetan +hobetzen lagun dezakeen, baina fidagarritasuna gutxitu dezakeen +azpizuhaitzaren kontrola baimentzea. Eskuliburuko esportazio orrialdeak (5) +xehetasun gehiagotarako.</para> </section> </section> @@ -152,14 +154,13 @@ exports(5) man page for more details.</para> <section> <title>NFS Zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi</title> - <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para> + <para>Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin.</para> </section> <section> <title>NFS Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu</title> - <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration -files.</para> + <para>Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da.</para> </section> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml index fcc1313f..35e8168e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml @@ -27,11 +27,12 @@ role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para> - <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a -proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as -an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other -servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, -such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a -different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to -simplify and control their complexity.</para> + <para>Wikipediatik, 2012-09-24-an,Proxy zerbitzaria artikulua: ordenagailu +sareetan, zein beste zerbitzari batzuen baliabideen bila bezeroen +eskaeretako bitartekari bezala jokatzen duen zerbitzaria (sistema +informatiko edo aplikazio bat). Bezero bat proxy zerbitzarira konektatzen +da, zerbitzu batzuk eskatzeko, esaterako, fitxategi, konexio, web orri, edo +beste baliabide zerbitzari ezberdin baten eskuragarri gisa. Proxy +zerbitzariak eskaera errazteko eta haien konplexutasuna kontrolatzeko modu +bat bezala ebaluatzen du.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index 47e38275..5017b7fd 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -21,37 +21,43 @@ </mediaobject> <para><important> - <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as -repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources -to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button -below).</para> + <para>Instalazio baten ondoren egin behar duzun lehena software iturriak +(biltegiak, baliabideak, ispiluak bezala ezagututa) gehitzea da. Horrek esan +nahi du zuk pakete eta aplikazioak instalatzeko eta eguneratzeko erabiliko +diren baliabideen iturriak aukeratu behar dituzula. (Gehitu botoia ikusi +behean).</para> </important> <note> - <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a -USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media -used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new -packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the -media type CD-Rom).</para> + <para>Mageia instalatzen (edo eguneratzen) baduzu baliabide optiko (CD edo DVD) +edo USB gailu bat erabiliz, erabilitako baliabide optikoetarako softwareko +iturri bat itxuratuta egongo da. Pakete berriak jartzerakoan baliabideak +sartzeko galdetzea saihesteko, baliabide hau desaktibatu (edo ezabatu) behar +duzu. (CD-Rom euskarri tipoa izango du).</para> </note> <note> - <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called -i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether -your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They -don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both -the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para> + <para>Zure sistema 32 (i586 izenekoa) edo 64 bit (x86_64 izenekoa) arkitektura +pean exekutatzen ari da. Pakete batzuk 32 edo 64 biteko sistemaren +independenteak dira; pakete horiek noarch deitzen dira. Haiek ez dute beren +noarch direktorioa ispiluetan, baina guztiak daude bai i586 eta x86_64 +baliabidetan.</para> </note></para> - <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis -role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote> + <para>Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role="bold">Software +kudeaketa</emphasis><footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote></para> + </footnote> fitxa-pean +aurkezten da.</para> <section> <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Zutabeak</title> <bridgehead>Zutabea Gaitu:</bridgehead> - <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with -some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para> + <para>Los medios de comunicación controladas se utilizarán para instalar nuevos +paquetes. Tenga cuidado con algunos medios de comunicación, tales como +pruebas y depuración, que podrían hacer que su sistema +inutilizable.Kontrolatutako hedabideak pakete berriak instalatzeko erabiliko +dira. Kontuz beste hedabide batzuekin, hala nola proba eta arazketa gisa, +zein zure sistema hondatu egin dezake.</para> <bridgehead>Zutabe Eguneratu:</bridgehead> @@ -62,47 +68,48 @@ and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para> <bridgehead>Baliabidea zutabea:</bridgehead> - <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release -versions contain at least:</para> + <para>Erakutsi baliabide izena. Mageia azken bertsioen biltegi ofizialak gutxienez +osagai hauek ditu:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available -supported by Mageia.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> zeinek mageiak onartzen dituen +programa gehienak eskuragarri dauzka.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which -are not free</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> zeinek doakoak ez diren programa +horietako batzuk dauzka</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might -be patent claims in some countries.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> software librea zeinek lurralde +batzuetan patente eskariak edon litezke.</para> <para>Baliabide bakoitzak 4 azpi-atal ditu:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this -version of Mageia was released.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> Mageia bertsio hau kaleratu zenetik +egunera agertutako paketeak.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release -due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled, -even with a very slow internet connection.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> paketeak segurtasun edo akatsen +ondorioz geroztiko eguneraketa. Baliabide guztiak hauek gaituta, nahiz eta +internet konexioa oso geldoa izango.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions -backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> pakete batzuk Cauldron-etik +bertsiotik bertsio berrira migraturikoak (hurrengo bertsioa garatzen ari +da).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests -of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the -corrections.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> aldi baterako berritasun berriak +probatzen dira, akatsen kazetari eta QA taldeaak zuzenketak baliokidetu ahal +izateko.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -112,30 +119,32 @@ corrections.</para> <para><guibutton>Ezabatu:</guibutton></para> - <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to -remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since -all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para> + <para>Baliabide bat kentzeko, bertan sakatu eta gero botoi hau sakatu. Ideia ona +da instalazioak erabiltzen duen euskarria kentzeko (CD edo DVDa, adibidez), +pakete guztiak Core baliabide ofizialean bait daude.</para> <para><guibutton>Editatu:</guibutton></para> - <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and -proxy).</para> + <para>Aukeratutako baliabide ezarpenak, (URL, downloader eta proxy) aldatzeko +aukera ematen du.</para> <para><guibutton>Gehitu:</guibutton></para> - <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories -contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button -adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that -you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a -specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from -the drop-down "File" menu.</para> + <para>Gehitu itzazu Interneten eskuragarri dauden biltegi ofizialak. Biltegi hauek +software seguru eta ongi probatuta daukate soilik. "Gehitu" gainean klik +eginez lotzen da ispilu-zerrenda gehitzea zure konfiguraziora, diseinatuta +dagoela instalakuntzak eta eguneraketak ziurtatu dezan zuregandik hurbilen +dagoen ispilua. Ispilu espezifiko bat aukeratzea nahiago baduzu, orduan hura +aukeratuz gaineratzen zara "Gehitu baliabide espezifiko ispilu bat" +"Artxibo" menu Destolesgarritik.</para> <para><guibutton>Gora eta behera geziak:</guibutton></para> - <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list -in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same -release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will -be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para> + <para>Aldatu zerrendako ordena. Drakrpm pakete bat bilatzen duenean, pantailan +agertzen den zerrenda ordenez irakurtzen du eta lehenengo paketea bertsio +zenbaki berekoa instalatuko du - bertsioen artean gatazka gertatuz gero, +azken bertsioa instalatuko da. Beraz, ahal izanez gero, jarri biltegi +azkarrenak goialdean.</para> </section> <section> @@ -143,18 +152,19 @@ be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para> <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Eguneratu:</guimenu></para> - <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and -click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para> + <para>Leiho bat agertzen da hedabide zerrendarekin. Aukeratu eguneratu nahi +dituzunak eta egin klik <guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoian.</para> <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide ispilu zehatz bat:</guimenu></para> - <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's -too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the -actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them -out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose -between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the -<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by -clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para> + <para>Zu benetako ispiluarekin pozik ez egotea suposatu dezagun, adibidez, +motelegia delako edo sarritan libre ez daudelako, beste ispilu bat aukera +dezakezu. Gaurko baliabide guztiak aukeratzea eta klikatu ezazu +<guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> haiek burutzeko. Klikatu <guimenu>Artxibo -> +Baliabide ispilu zehatz bat gehitu<guimenu>, gaurkotzea soilik edo multzo +osoaren artean aukeratu (ez badakizu, <guibutton>Iturri multzo +osoa</guibutton> aukeratu eta kontaktua onartu <guibutton>Bai</guibutton> +klikatuz. Leiho hau irekitzen da:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -162,29 +172,30 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very -close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available -mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Ikus dezakezu, ezkerrean, herrialdeen zerrenda bat, aukeratu zurea edo oso +hurbil dagoen bat > sinboloan klik eginez, hau herrialde horretan +eskuragarri dauden ispilu guztiak bistaratuko ditu. Aukeratu bat eta egin +klik <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>en.</para> <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide pertsonalizatua:</guimenu></para> - <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that -isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para> + <para>Posible da hedabide berri bat instalatzea (adibidez, hirugarren batek) +Mageiarekin bateragarria ez dena. Leiho berri bat agertuko da:</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart -name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to -the medium type)</para> + </mediaobject>Aukeratu euskarri mota, euskarri +hori definitzeko eta URL emateko izen adimendu bat aurkitu (edo bidea, +euskarri motaren arabera)</para> <para><guimenu>Aukerak -> Aukera orokorrak:</guimenu></para> - <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always -or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the -download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-, -update only, always or never).</para> + <para>Item honek aukeratzea baimentzen dizu noiz "Egiaztatu instalatutako RPM-ak" +(beti edo inoiz ez), deskarga-programa (curl, wget edo aria2) eta +deskarga-politika definitu paketeei buruzko informazioa jasotzeko (eskaeraz +-lehenetsita-, soilik eguneratu, beti edo inoiz ez).</para> <para><guimenu>Aukerak -> Gakoak Kudeatu:</guimenu></para> @@ -195,17 +206,18 @@ window that appear, select a medium and then click on on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para> <para><warning> - <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para> + <para>Kontu handiz egin hori, segurtasun arloarekin erlazionatuta dago</para> </warning><guimenu>Aukerak -> Proxy:</guimenu></para> - <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it -here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if -necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para> + <para>Proxy interneterako sarbidea zerbitzari bat erabili behar izanez gero, hemen +konfigura dezakezu. Soilik <guibutton>Proxy host izena</guibutton> eman +behar duzu, eta behar izanez gero a <guilabel>Erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> +eta <guilabel>pasahitza</guilabel>.</para> <para/> - <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki -page</link>.</para> + <para>Komunikabideen konfiguratzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi +<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia Wiki +orrialdea</link>.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml index 3ba35c44..15b6081c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some -resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure -the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is -also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the -resources of the Samba server.</para> + <para>Samba da baliabide batzuk, direktorioak edo inprimagailuak bezala Sistema +Eragile desberdinetan partekatzeko erabilitako protokolo bat. Tresna honek +baimentzen dizu makina Samba-zerbitzari bat bezala konfiguratzea SMB/CIFS +protokoloak erabiliz. Windows-ek(R) protokolo hau darabil eta OS honekiko +lanpostuek Samba-zerbitzariaren baliabideak atzi ditzakete.</para> </section> <section> @@ -47,12 +47,13 @@ firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para> <section> <title>Morroia - Bakarkako zerbitzaria</title> - <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote> + <para>Lehen exekuzio aldian, tresnak <footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> checks if -needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not -yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para> + </footnote> +egiaztatzen du paketeak instalatuta daudela eta horiek instalatzeko +proposatzen du oraindik ez badaude presente. Ondoren Samba zerbitzaria abian +jartzeko morroia konfiguratu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -62,8 +63,8 @@ yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already -selected.</para> + <para>Hurrengo leihoan Bakarkako zerbitzari konfigurazio aukera dagoeneko +hautatuta dago.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -73,11 +74,10 @@ selected.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the -access to the shared resources.</para> + <para>Ondoren zehaztu lantaldearen izena. Izen hori partekatutako baliabideetarako +sarbidearen berdina izan behar du.</para> - <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on -the network.</para> + <para>NetBIOS izena sarean zerbitzariak izendatzeko erabiliko den izena da.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ the network.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the -resource</para> + <para><guilabel>erabiltzailea</guilabel>: bezeroa baimena beharko du baliabidea +erabiltzeko</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for -each share</para> + <para><guilabel>elkarbanatu</guilabel>: bezeroak bereizita autentifikatu behar du +ekintza bakoitzeko</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP -address or host name.</para> + <para>Zehatu dezakezu zein host baimenduta dagoen baliabideetara sartzeko, IP +helbide edo host izenarekin.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ address or host name.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be -described in the Windows workstations.</para> + <para>Especifique el lema del servidor. El saludo es la forma en que este servidor +se describe en las estaciones de trabajo de Windows.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -122,7 +122,8 @@ described in the Windows workstations.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para> + <para>Samba-k erregistratutako informazio no izango den hurrengo urratsean ezarri +daiteke.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -132,9 +133,9 @@ described in the Windows workstations.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the -configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in -<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para> + <para>Morroiak aukeratutako parametroen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da konfigurazioa +onartu aurretik. Onartzen direnean, konfigurazioa +<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> idatziko da.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -152,16 +153,18 @@ configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller" -option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or -not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same -as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para> + </mediaobject>"Lehen domeinu kontroladorea" aukera +hautatuta badago, morroiak seinaleaz galdetzen du Wins sostengatuko den edo +ez, administratzaile-erabiltzaile izenak emateko. Urrats hauek orduan +bakarkako zerbitzariaren berberak dira, salbu segurtasun modua aukera +dezakezula:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and -group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized -account repository is shared between (security) controllers.</para> + <para><guilabel>domeinua</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile eta talde kontu guztiak +gordetzeko zentrala, partekatzea, kontu biltegia ere eskaintzen duen +mekanismo bat da. Kontu biltegi Zentralizatua (segurtasun) kontrolagailu +artean banatuko da.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -169,7 +172,7 @@ account repository is shared between (security) controllers.</para> <section> <title>Deklaratu partekatzeko direktorio bat</title> - <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para> + <para><guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoiarekin, lortuko dugu:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -197,38 +200,38 @@ name can not be modified.</para> <section> <title>Menu sarrerak</title> - <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para> + <para>Zerrendako sarrera bat gutxienez izatea, menu sarrerak erabili ahal izango +dira.</para> <formalpara> <title>Fitxategia|Idatzi conf</title> - <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para> + <para><code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>-n gorde uneko konfigurazioa.</para> </formalpara> <formalpara> <title>Samba zerbitzaria|Konfiguratu</title> - <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para> + <para>Morroia berriro exekutatu ahal izango da agindu honekin.</para> </formalpara> <formalpara> <title>Samba zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi</title> - <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para> + <para>Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin.</para> </formalpara> <formalpara> <title>Samba Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu</title> - <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration -files.</para> + <para>Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da.</para> </formalpara> </section> <section> <title>Partekatu imprimagailuak</title> - <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para> + <para>Samba halaber inprimagailuak partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu.</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -240,9 +243,10 @@ files.</para> <section> <title>Samba erabiltzaileak</title> - <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared -resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref -linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject> + <para>Fitxa horretan, partekatutako baliabideetan sartzeko autentifikazioa behar +denean onartzen baimentuta dagoen erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu +ditzakezu. Erabiltzaileak gehi ditzakezu <xref +linkend="userdrake-ti1"/>-tik<mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/> </imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml index 4f6dc7c6..07f16449 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml @@ -7,37 +7,53 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +<emphasis role="bold">Segurtasun</emphasis> fitxa pean dago presente.</para> - <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks -usually done by the administrator.</para> + <para>Normalean administratzaileak lanak egiteko beharrezko eskubideak ohiko +erabiltzaileak edukitzea baimentzen du.</para> - <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in -the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a -drop down list gives the choice between:</para> + <para>Gezi txikiak klikatu ezazu aldaketak egitea desiratzen duzun zerrendaren +elementuan: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean eskuragarri dauden tresna gehienak leihoko ezkerreko +aldetik agertzen dira (ikus pantaila kaptura gainetik), eta tresna +bakoitzerako, eta eskuineko zerrendan hurrengoaren artean aukeratzea ematen +du:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para> + <para>Lehenetsia: Abian jartzeko modua aukeratutako segurtasun-mailaren araberakoa +da. MCC fitxa berean ikusi, tresna "Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak +eta auditoria".</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para> + <para>Erabiltzaile pasahitza: erabiltzaile pasahitza tresna abian jarri ondoren +galdetzen da.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Root pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abiatu aurretik eskatzen da</para> + <para>Administratzailearen pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abian jarri aurretik +eskatzen da</para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC -tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> + <listitem> + <para>Pasahitz gabe: tresna edozein pasahitz eskatu gabe abian jarri da.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml index 61272bab..13c5bf09 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml @@ -19,31 +19,33 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's -<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration -tools</guilabel> section.</para> - <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message -about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to -proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> eskuragarri dago MCC-ko +<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> fitxan, <guilabel>Administrazio +tresnen</guilabel> sailean.</para> + <para> MCC-n lehenengo aldiz tresna hau pizten duzunean, draksnapshot +instalatzeari buruz, mezu bat ikusiko duzu. Sakatu +<guibutton>Instalatu</guibutton> jarraitzeko. Draksnapshot eta beste pakete +batzuk instalatu behar dira.</para> <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para> - <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose -<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the -<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to -the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and -files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the -<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from -the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be -included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are -done.</para> + <para>Soilik zure direktorioen babeskopia nahi baduzu, ondoren, +<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> aukeratu ezazu. Zuk pop-up pantaila txiki +bat ikusiko duzu. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> eta +<guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> <guilabel>Babeskopia zerrendaren</guilabel> +ondoko botoiak erabil itzazu, direktorioak eta artxiboak babeskopian +barneratu edo baztertzeko. zerrendaren ondoko <guilabel>Baztertu</guilabel> +botoi berak erabil itzazu azpidirektorioak ezabatzeko eta / edo aukeratutako +direktorioetako artxiboak, babeskopian <emphasis role="bold">ez</emphasis> +litekeenak sartu behar izango. Klikatu <guibutton>Itxi</guibutton> amaitu +duzunean.</para> <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>. </para> - <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para> + <para><guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> gainean klikatu argazkia egiteko.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml index 5a375815..4385bd19 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml @@ -11,39 +11,41 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> azpian +dago.¶</para> - <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, -PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience -sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para> + <para>Draksound Soinu konfigurazioa jorratzen du, gidariaren aukera, PulseAudio +aukerak eta arazoak barne. Soinu arazoak izan ezkero edo soinu-txartela +aldatzen baduzu.</para> - <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a -driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound -card.</para> + <para><Guilabel>Gidari</guilabel> deitutako zerrenda destolesgarria ordenagailuko +soinu-txartelarekin bat datozen eskuragarri guztietako kontrolatzaile bat +aukeratzea baimentzen dizu.</para> <note> - <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA -API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when -possible for its enhanced features.</para> + <para>Gehienetan, posible da gidari bat aukeratzea OSS edo ALSA API erabiliz. OSS +zaharrena eta oso oinarrizkoa da, ALSA aukeratu ahal denean gomendatzen da +bere hobekuntzengatik.</para> </note> - <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound -inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting -sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio -volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para> + <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> soinu zerbitzaria da. Sarrera soinu guztiak +jasotzen ditu, erabiltzailearen hobespenen arabera nahasten ditu eta +ondoriozko soinua bidaltzen du irteerara. Ikusi <guimenu> menua -> Soinua +eta bideoa -> PulseAudio bolumen kontrola </ guimenu> hobespenen horiek +ezartzeko.</para> - <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it -enabled.</para> + <para>PulseAudio lehenetsitako soinu zerbitzaria da eta gomendaturik dago gaituta +egotea.</para> - <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It -is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para> + <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio hobetzen du programa +batzuekin. Era berean gaituta uztea gomendatzen da.</para> - <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or -three buttons:</para> + <para><guibutton>Aurreratua</ guibutton> botoia bistaratzen ditu bi edo hiru botoi +leiho berri baten:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -51,11 +53,11 @@ three buttons:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you -are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver -for your device.</para> + <para>Lehenengo botoia guztia aukeratzeko askatasuna ematen du. Zertan ari zaren +jakin behar duzu. Botoi hau ez da erabilgarri egongo sistema gailuaren +gidari bat aurkitzen duenean.</para> - <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any -problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking -the community for help.</para> + <para>Bigarrena, argi geratzen da, eta azkena, laguntza eman dezake dituzun +arazoak konpontzeko. Hau erabilgarria dela aurkituko duzu erkidegoari +laguntza eskatu aurretik.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml index e4fd8fe5..7abc9259 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza +hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc taldea</ +link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml index 73f9a8ff..b69097f4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakvpn"> <info> - <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title> + <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Konfiguratu VPN Konexioa sareko sarbidea ziurtatzeko</title> <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle> </info> @@ -14,26 +14,26 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Trena hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows to configure secure -access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local -workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the -configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is -already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the -network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para> + </footnote> urruneko sareko sarbidea +segurua konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du bertako lanpostua eta urruneko +sarearen artean tunel bat eratzen du. Hemen eztabaidatzen dugu lanpostuaren +aldeako konfigurazioa soilik. Urruneko sarea dagoeneko martxan daugoela +suposatuko dugu, eta konexio sare administratzaile .pcf konfigurazio +fitxategi bat bezalako informazioa duzula.</para> </section> <section> <title>Konfigurazioa</title> - <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which -protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para> + <para>Lehenik eta behin, hautatu Cisco VPN kontzentratzailea edo OpenVPN, zure +sare pribatu birtual erabiliko duen protokoloaren arabera .</para> - <para>Then give your connection a name.</para> + <para>Ondoren, eman zure konexioari izen bat.</para> - <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para> + <para>Hurrengo pantailan, zure VPN konexio-xehetasunak eskaintzen dira.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the -first time the tool is used.</para> + <para>OpenVPN-arentzat. OpenVPN paketea eta horren dependentziak instalatuko dira +tresna erabiliko da lehen aldian.</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>Select the files that you received -from the network administrator.</para> + </mediaobject>Aukeratu sareare administratzailetik +jaso dituzun fitxategiak.</para> <para>Aurreratutako parametroak:</para> @@ -67,15 +67,14 @@ from the network administrator.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para> + <para>Hurrengo pantailan pasagune IP-helbidea eskatzen da.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN -connection.</para> + <para>Parametroak ezartzen direnean, VPN konexioa hasteko aukera duzu.</para> - <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network -connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect -to this VPN.</para> + <para>Sare konexio batekin VPN konexio hau automatikoki hastea ezarri +daiteke. Horretarako, birkonfiguratu sareko konexioa beti VPN honetara +konektatzeko.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml index 293a545c..acb8dde0 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web -server. + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> web zerbitzari bat ezartzen +lagun zaitzake. </para> <section> - <title>What is a web server?</title> + <title>Zer da Web zerbitzaria?</title> <para> - Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be -accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) + Web zerbitzaria, Internet bidez eskura daitekeen web edukia emateko +laguntzen duen softwarea da. (Wikipedia) </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title> + <title>Apache2 Web zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin</title> <para> - Welcome to the web server wizard. + Ongi etorri web zerbitzari morroira. </para> <procedure> <step> @@ -34,53 +34,55 @@ accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title> + <title>Erakusgai zerbitzari hautaketa: Tokiko sarea eta/edo Mundukoa</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad -things. + Web zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza +txarretarako. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Server User Module</title> + <title>Zerbitzari Erabiltzaile Modulua</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Allows users to create their own sites. + Erabiltzaileei bere gune propioak sortzeko aukera eman. </para> </step> <step> - <title>User web directory name</title> + <title>Erabiltzaile web direktorioaren izena</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will -display it. + Erabiltzaileak direktorioa sortu eta bete behar du, ondoren, zerbitzariak +bistaratzeko. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Server Document Root</title> + <title>Web Zerbitzariaren Lehenetsitako Direktorioa</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents. + Web zerbitzarietan duzun dokumentuen lehenetsitako bidea konfiguratzeko +ahalbidetzen du. </para> </step> <step> @@ -91,8 +93,8 @@ display it. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ display it. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>. </para> </step> </procedure> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml index 29a26508..11ef7125 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza +hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc taldea</ +link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index 35686182..d3f5f37d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -12,30 +12,30 @@ </mediaobject> <para><note> - <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net -interfaces</para> + <para>Tresna hori Mageia 4-an hautsi da Sare interfazeak izendatzeko eskema +berriarengatik</para> </note></para> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> can help you to set up a -<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should -be installed before you can access to it.</para> + </footnote> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> +zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu +ahal izan baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa.</para> <section> - <title>What is DHCP?</title> + <title>Zer da DHCP?</title> - <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a -standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically -configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet -communication. (From Wikipedia)</para> + <para>Konfigurazio dinamikoko host-eko Protokoloa da (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) IP +sare estandarretan erabilitako, IP helbideak eta Interneten komunikatzeko +behar den informazio gehiago dinamikoki itxuratzen dituen +protokoloa. (Wikipedian)</para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title> + <title>Drakwizard dhcp-rekin DHCP zerbitzari bat ezarri</title> - <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para> + <para>Ongi etorri DHCP zerbitzari morroira</para> <procedure> <step> @@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ communication. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -59,9 +60,9 @@ communication. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for -which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Sareko Interfazea aukera ezazu, azpisarera konektatuta dagoena, eta DHCP-ak +IP helbideak esleituko dituenerako eta klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -88,8 +89,8 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -101,8 +102,8 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and -change things around.</para> + <para>Hau konpondu daiteke. Klikatu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> hainbat aldiz +eta inguruko gauzak aldatzeko.</para> </step> <step> @@ -122,17 +123,17 @@ change things around.</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para> + <para>Behar izanez gero, dhcp-zerbitzari pakete instalatzen;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para> + <para><code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>-en gordetzen</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from -<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and -adding the new parameters:</para> + <para><code>dhcpd.conf</code> berria sortzen +<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>-tik +hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -182,8 +183,8 @@ adding the new parameters:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file -<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para> + <para>Halaber Webmin konfigurazio <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> fitxategia +aldatzen du</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml index d82d9ec7..7a4ef8e2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml @@ -22,22 +22,23 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna honen<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> purpose is to set the time of -your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by -default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base -packages.</para> + </footnote> helburua da zure +zerbitzaria kanpoko zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatutako denbora ezartzea. Ez +da lehenespen gisa instalatzen eta drakwizard eta drakwizard-base paketeak +instalatu behar dituzu.</para> <section> - <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title> + <title>Konfiguratu NTP zerbitzari darkwizard ntp-rekin</title> <procedure> <step> - <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three -time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice -because this server always points to available time servers.</para> + <para>Ongi etorri pantailaren ondoren (ikus goian), bigarren bat eskatzen dizu, +hiru zerbitzari aukeratzea ordu goitibeherako zerrendetatik eta pool.ntp.org +bitan erabiltzea iradokitzen du zerbitzari honek beti eskuragarri dauden +denbora zerbitzarietara seinalatzen duelako.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para> </step> <step> - <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para> + <para>Klikatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia tresna ixteko</para> </step> </procedure> @@ -80,37 +81,37 @@ may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para> <section> <title>Egin beharrekoa</title> - <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para> + <para>Tresna honek urrats hauek exekutatzen ditu:</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para> + <para>Beharrezkoa bada <code>ntp</code> paketea instalatzea</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to -<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and -<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to -<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para> + <para><code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> artxiboa +<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>-en eta +<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> artxiboa +<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>-en gordetzen;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of -servers;</para> + <para><code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> fitxategi berri bat idazten zerbitzarien +zerrendarekin;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server -name;</para> + <para><code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> fitxategia aldatzen lehen zerbitzariaren izena +txertatuz;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and -<code>ntpd</code> services;</para> + <para><code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> eta <code>ntpd</code> zerbitzuak +gelditzen eta abiatzen;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para> + <para>Hardware erlojua sistemaren egungo UTC erreferentziara ezartzea.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml index 9494d098..5ab758da 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml @@ -9,22 +9,23 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an -<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> <acronym>FTP</acronym> +zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake. </para> <section> <title>Zer da <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title> <para> - File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network -protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a -<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia) + Fitxategiak Transferitzeko Protokoloa (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) fitxategiak +hots batetik beste host bati transferitzeko <acronym>TCP</acronym> +oinarritutako protokolo estandar bat da, hala nola Internet sarean +erabilia. (Wikipedia) </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title> + <title>Proftpd drakwizard-ekin FTP zerbitzari bat konfiguratu</title> <para> - Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up. + Ongi etorri FTP morroira. Gerrikoa lotu. </para> <procedure> <step> @@ -35,19 +36,20 @@ protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title> + <title>Erakusgai zerbitzari hautaketa: Tokiko sarea eta/edo Mundukoa</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad -things. + FTP zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza +txarretarako. </para> </step> <step> @@ -58,8 +60,7 @@ things. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email -complaints too and whether to allow root login access. + Zerbitzaria sare lokalean edo Interneten bat etorriko den izena sar ezazu. </para> </step> <step> @@ -70,8 +71,8 @@ complaints too and whether to allow root login access. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> -(File eXchange Protocol) + Ezarri entzuteko portuak, espetxeratu erabiltzaileari, baimendu bizi orriak +eta/edo <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol) </para> </step> <step> @@ -82,8 +83,8 @@ complaints too and whether to allow root login access. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ complaints too and whether to allow root login access. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>. </para> </step> </procedure> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml index e45330da..4c62ac9d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml @@ -19,28 +19,26 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> can help you to set up a -proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed -before you can access to it.</para> + </footnote> proxy zerbitzari bat +ezartzen lagun zaitzake. Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu ahal izan +baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa.</para> <section> - <title>What is a proxy server?</title> - - <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts -as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other -servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, -such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a -different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to -simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> + <title>Zer da Proxy Zerbitzaria?</title> + + <para>Proxy bat Software edo gailu bat da, ekintza bat beste baten bitartez egiten +duena, hau da, bitartekari lana. Proxyen erabilera nagusia proxy zerbitzaria +izatea da. Honek, bezero batek ordenagailua erabiltzean inguruko +zerbitzarien eta internet sarearen konexioak atzematen ditu. (Wikipediatik)</para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title> + <title>Squid Proxy zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin</title> - <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para> + <para>Ongi etorri proxy zerbitzari morroira.</para> <procedure> <step> @@ -53,11 +51,12 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Selecting the proxy port</title> + <title>Aukeratu proxy portua</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -66,12 +65,12 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Aukeratu zein portu proxy-ra konektatuko diren nabigatzaileak, ondoren, +klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</ guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title> + <title>Ezarri memoria eta disko erabilera</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -80,11 +79,12 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Ezarri memoria eta disko cache mugak, sakatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Select Network Access Control</title> + <title>Aukeratu Sareko Sarbide Kontrola</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Ezarri ikusgarritasuna tokiko edo munduko sarean , sakatu +<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Grant Network Access</title> + <title>Sare Sarbidea Eman</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -107,11 +107,12 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Tokiko sareetako sarbidea bermatu, ondoren sakatu +<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title> + <title>Goi Mailako Proxy Zerbitzaria Erabiliko duzu?</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -120,11 +121,11 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para> + <para>Kaskadako proxy zerbitzari baten bidez? Ez bada, saltatu hurrengo urratsa.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title> + <title>Goi Mailako Proxy URL eta Portua</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -133,8 +134,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Eskaini goi-mailako host proxy izena eta portua, ondoren sakatu +<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -147,12 +148,12 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Start during boot?</title> + <title>Abioan hasiko da?</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -162,8 +163,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then -click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Aukeratu proxy zerbitzaria abioan zehar abiarazi behar den, ondoren klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -177,7 +178,7 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>.</para> </step> </procedure> </section> @@ -187,17 +188,17 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para> + <para>Behar izanez gero, squid paketea instalatzen;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in -<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para> + <para><code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> +<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>-n gordetzen</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from -<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para> + <para><code>squid.conf</code> berria bat sortzen +<code>squid.conf.default</code>-en hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para> + <para>1, 2 edo 3 <code>maila</code> eta <code>http_access</code> mailaren arabera</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml index 2f878b3f..a387f672 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml @@ -10,38 +10,39 @@ </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an -<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon. + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> <acronym>SSH</acronym> +daemon bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake. </para> <section> - <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> + <title>Zer da <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> <para> - Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data -communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and -other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, -via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client -(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, -respectively). (From Wikipedia) + SSH (Secure SHell) konputagailu-sarearen bidez urruneko gailuei sarbide +izateko programa eta sare protokoloa da. Kontsola aginduen bidez +konputagailua erabat maneiatzea eta baldin eta X zerbitzaria baldin badugu X +ingurune grafikoa exekutatzea ahalbidetzen du. Beste lan estazioei +konektatzeaz aparte, SSH-k datuak modu seguruan kopiatzearen, RSAren bidez +gakoak kudeatzearen eta beste aplikazioren datuak kanal seguruaren +(tunelling) bitartez igortzearen gaitasunak ditu. (Wikipediatik) </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title> + <title>Konfiguratu <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon bat drakwizard sshd-rekin</title> <para> - Welcome to the Open SSH wizard. + Ongi etorri Open SSH morroira. </para> <procedure> <step> - <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title> + <title>Aukeratu Konfigurazio Aukeren Mota</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or -<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Aukeratu <guilabel>Aditua</guilabel> aukera guztiak edo +<guilabel>Hasiberria</guilabel> 3-7 pausoak saltatzeko, klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -52,32 +53,32 @@ respectively). (From Wikipedia) </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard -<acronym>SSH</acronym> port. + Ikuspena eta root sarbide aukerak ezarri. 22 portua <acronym>SSH</acronym> +portu estandarra da. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Authentication Methods</title> + <title>Autentifikazio Metodoak</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, -then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Erabiltzaileek erabil dezaketen autentifikazio metodo aukera baimentzea +konektatzen den bitartean, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Logging</title> + <title>Logeatze</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Choose logging facility and level of output, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Aukeratu erregistroentzako erraztasuna eta irteera maila, ondoren sakatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -88,7 +89,8 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Konfiguratu Saio-hasiera bakoitzaren aukerak, ondoren sakatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -99,19 +101,20 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Konfiguratu erabiltzaile sarrera ezarpenak, ondoren sakatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Compression and Forwarding</title> + <title>Konpresioa eta birbidaltzea</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Konfiguratu X11 birbidaltzea eta konpresioa transferentzian zehar, ondoren +sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -122,8 +125,8 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -134,7 +137,7 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>. </para> </step> </procedure> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml index 3b6e7e59..9cb2ffe9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza +hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc taldea</ +link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml index 7b875cac..8a995bc7 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml @@ -19,41 +19,42 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> gives a general view of the -hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to -look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command -<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in -<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para> + </footnote> zure ordenagailuaren +hardwarearen ikuspegi orokor bat ematen du. Tresna abiarazten denean, lan +bat exekutatzen du, hardware-elementu guztietak bilatzen. Horretarako, +<code>ldetect</code> komandoa zeinek <code>ldetect-lst</code> paketearen +hardware zerrenda bat aipatzen du.</para> <section> <title>Leihoa</title> - <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para> + <para>Leihoa bi zutabetan banatuta dago.</para> - <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are -grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a -category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para> + <para>Ezkerreko zutabea atzemandako hardware zerrenda dauka. Gailuak kategorien +arabera sailkatu dira. Egin klik > kategoria baten edukia +zabaltzeko. Gailu bakoitzak zutabe honetan hautatu daiteke.</para> - <para>The right column displays information about the selected device. The -<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information -about the content of the fields.</para> + <para>Eskuineko zutabean aukeratutako gailuari buruzko informazioa agertzen +da. <guimenu>Laguntza -> azalpen eremuak</guimenu> eremuetako edukiari +buruzko informazioa ematen du.</para> - <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are -available at the bottom of the right column:</para> + <para>Estrategia horren arabera, gailu mota aukeratzen denean, bai bat edo bi +botoi daude eskuragarri eskuineko zutabeko behealdean:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to -parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must -used by experts only.</para> + <para><guibutton>Ezarri uneko gidariaren aukerak</guibutton>: hau gailua aldean +erabiltzen den modulua parametrizatzeko erabil daiteke. Hau adituek soilik +erabili behar dute.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can -configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para> + <para><guibutton>Exekutatu konfigurazio tresna</guibutton>: tresna horretarako +sarbidea gailuak konfigura ditzake. Tresnara sarritan zuzenean sar zaitezke +MCC-tik.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -65,8 +66,8 @@ configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</par <para><bridgehead>Aukerak</bridgehead></para> - <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to -enable automatic detection:</para> + <para><Guimenu>Aukerek</ guimenu> aukera ematen du koadrotxo gaitzea detekzio +automatikorako:</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -78,10 +79,10 @@ enable automatic detection:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Zip parallel devices</para> + <para>Zip paralelo gailuak </para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check -the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will -be operational the next time this tool is started.</para> + </itemizedlist>Berezko antzemate horiek ez daude gaituta, motela delako. Markatu laukitxo +egokia(k) hardware hori konektatuta izanez gero. Detekzioa operatiboa izango +da tresna hau abiatzean den hurrengo aldian.</para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml index 223143e9..9b022c9b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> <info> - <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title> + <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Konfiguratu teklatuaren xedapena</title> @@ -17,28 +17,27 @@ <section> <title>Sarrera</title> - <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote> + <para>keyboarddrake tresna<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> helps you -configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on -Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can -be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled -"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para> + </footnote> Mageian erabiliko +duzun oinarrizko teklatu diseinua ezartzen laguntzen dizu. Teklatua diseinua +Sistemako erabiltzaile guztiei eragiten die. Mageia-ren Kontrol Guneko +(MCC-ko) Hardware sailean aurki daiteke "Konfiguratu sagua eta teklatua".</para> </section> <section> - <title>Keyboard Layout</title> + <title>Teklatuaren Xedapena</title> - <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed -in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each -layout should be used for.</para> + <para>Hemen bertan erabili nahi duzun teklatuaren diseinua hauta dezakezu. Izenak +(orden alfabetikoan zerrendatuta) hizkuntza, herrialdea, eta/edo etnia +diseinu bakoitza erabili behar da deskribatzeko.</para> </section> <section> <title>Teklatu Mota</title> - <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are -unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para> + <para>Menu honek erabiltzen ari zaren teklatuaren mota hautatzeko aukera ematen +dizu. Ziur ez bazaude aukeratzen duzunarekin, hobe da uztea lehenetsi gisa.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml index da3c8146..e3f6b470 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml @@ -20,35 +20,36 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz. - </para></footnote> can be found in the System -section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for -your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your -language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para> + </para></footnote> Mageia Kontrol Guneko (MCC) +Sistema atalean aurki daiteke "Kudeatu kokapena zure sistemarentzat" bezala +etiketatuta. Ireki leiho bat zure hizkuntza aukeratu ahal +izateko. Instalazioan zehar hautatutako hizkuntzetara egokituta dago aukera.</para> - <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate -compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para> + <para><guibutton>Aurreratu</guibutton> botoiak kodeketa zaharra (ez UTF8) +bateragarritasuna aktibatzeko sarbidea ematen du.</para> - <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected -language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to -countries not listed.</para> + <para>Bigarren leihoa herrialdeen zerrenda bat hautatutako hizkuntzaren +arabera. <guibutton>Beste Herrialdeak</guibutton> botoia zerrendan ez dauden +herrialdetan sartzen uzten du.</para> - <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para> + <para>Zure saioa berrabiarazi behar duzu edozein aldaketak egin ondoren.</para> <section xml:id="input_method"> <info> <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Sarrera metodoa</title> </info> - <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an -input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input -methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, -Korean, etc).</para> - <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so -users should not need to configure it manually.</para> - <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions -and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another -part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para> + <para><Guilabel> Beste Herrialdeak </ guilabel> pantailan idazketa metodo bat har +daiteke (menuaren destolesgarrian zerrendaren azpian). Idazketa metodoak +baimentzen du sarrera karaktere eleanitzak erabiltzaileei (Txinako, +Japoniako, Koreako, etab).</para> + <para> Asiako eta Afrikako tokietarako, iBus lehenetsi sarrera metodoa ezarriko da, +beraz, erabiltzaileek ez dute zertan eskuz konfiguratu behar.</para> + <para>Beste sarrera metodoak (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, eta abar) antzeko funtzioak +eskaintzen dituzte eta eskuragarri ez badaude menu destolesgarrian, Mageia +Kontrol Gunearen beste zati baten instalatuko dira. Ikusi <xref +linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml index 78005f37..6fa5febe 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml @@ -11,44 +11,45 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found in the Mageia -Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system -logs</guilabel>".</para> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +Sistema fitxan aurkitzen da, "<guilabel>Ikusi eta bilatu sistema +erregistroak</guilabel>" etiketatuta.</para> <para/> <section> - <title>To do a search in the logs</title> - - <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis -role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to -<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field -<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) -to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is -possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis -role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the -month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected -day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button -to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the -file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by -clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para> + <title>Erregistroetan bilaketa bat egin</title> + + <para>Lehenengo, sar ezazu begiratu nahi duzun gako-katea <emphasis +role="bold">bat datorren</emphasis> eremua eta/edo nahi duzun funtsezko +gako-katea <emphasis role="bold">ez duzu</emphasis> erantzunen eremu artean +ikusi nahi <emphasis role="bold">bat ez datozela</emphasis>. Ondoren, +aukeratu <guilabel> Aukeratu fitxategia </guilabel> eremuan bilatu +fitxategia(k). Nahi izanez gero, posible da egun bakar batera bilaketa +mugatzea. Aukeratu ezazu <emphasis role="bold">Egutegia</emphasis>, urte eta +hilabeteko alde bakoitzeko geziak txikiak erabiliz, eta egiaztatu +"<guibutton>Soilik hautatutako eguna erakutsi</guibutton>". Azkenean, sakatu +<guibutton>Bilaketa</guibutton> botoia <guilabel>fitxategi edukia</guilabel> +deituriko leihoan emaitzak ikusteko. Posible da .txt formatuan emaitzak +gordetzea <emphasis role="bold">Gorde</emphasis> botoian klik eginez.</para> <note> - <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia -configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are -updated each time a configuration is modified.</para> + <para><guibutton>Mageia Tresna Erregistroak</guibutton> Mageia-ko konfigurazio +tresnetako erregistroak barne hartzen ditu Mageia-ren Kontroleko Guneko +tresnak bezalakoak. Erregistro hauek konfigurazioa aldatzen den aldi +bakoitzean eguneratzen dira.</para> </note> </section> <section> - <title>To configure a mail alert</title> + <title>Konfiguratu posta alertak</title> - <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and -the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured -address.</para> + <para><guibutton>Posta alerta</guibutton> automatikoki egiaztatzen du sistemaren +karga eta zerbitzuak orduro eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, e-mail bat +bidaltzen du konfiguratutako helbidera.</para> <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. (See screenshot above).</para> - <para>The following services can be watched :</para> + <para>Zerbitzu hauek gainbegiratu daitezke:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -88,7 +89,7 @@ look watch. (See screenshot above).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para> + <para>BIND Ebatzi Domeinu Izena</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml index 4b289610..a55ad962 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> <info> - <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title> + <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Erakutsi eskura NFS eta SMB Ekimenak</title> <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle> </info> - <para>This tool <footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>. + <para>Trena hau <footnote> + <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> idatziz. </para> - </footnote> can only be started and used -on the command line.</para> + </footnote> komando lerroan baino ezin +izango da hasi eta erabili.</para> <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml index c6994d5b..78d2e73e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="lspcidrake"> <info> - <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title> + <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Erakutsi zure PCI, USB eta PCMCIA informazioa</title> <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle> </info> - <para>This tool <footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis + <para>Tresna hau <footnote> + <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu, idatzi <emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote> can only be started and used -on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para> + </footnote> soilik hasi eta erabil +dezakezu komando-lerroan. Root azpian erabiltzen bada informazio gehiago +emango du.</para> - <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, -PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst -packages to work.</para> + <para>lspcidrake ordenagailuan konektatutako gailu guztien (USB, PCI eta PCMCIA) +eta erabilitako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Ldetect eta ldetect-lst +paketeak behar dira funtzionatzeko.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -21,23 +22,24 @@ packages to work.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para> + <para>-v-rekin, lspcidrake saltzaile eta gailu identifikazio gehitzen da.</para> - <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it -is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para> + <para>lspcidrake askotan zerrenda oso luzeak sortzen ditu, eta beraz, informazioa +aurkitzeko, askotan tuberia bat eta grep komandoaren bidez lortzen da, +adibide hauetan bezala:</para> - <para>Information about the graphic card;</para> + <para>Txartel grafikoari buruzko informazioa;</para> <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para> - <para>Information about the network</para> + <para>Sareari buruzko informazioa</para> <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para> - <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para> + <para>-i kasu bereizketak alde batetara uzteko.</para> - <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for -lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para> + <para>Pantaila kaptura honen azpian, lspcidrake-en -v eta grep-en -i aukeren +ekintzak ikusi ahal izango dituzu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -45,6 +47,6 @@ lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is -called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para> + <para>Bada hardwarearen inguruko informazioa ematen duen beste tresna bat da, +<emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> izeneko (root azpian)</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml index 67380e38..d0fb2690 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot -steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure abio pausoak +ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu abioaren urratsak</title> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml index a02aac69..0b5a9c1b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml @@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your -hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure hardwarea +ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> <orderedlist><title>Kudeatu zure hardwarea</title> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure -hardware</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Hardwarea arakatu eta +konfiguratu</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ hardware</emphasis></para> <orderedlist><title>Grafikoak konfiguratu</title> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu 3D mahaigain +efektuak</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -60,8 +61,8 @@ hardware</emphasis></para> <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneaketa</title> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), -the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu +inprimagailua(k), inprimaketa lan ilarak, ...</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml index 2fd2de3a..5d1c2077 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Mageia Kontrol Guneari buruzko Eskuliburua </title></info> - <para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to -choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was -installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be -selected in the big right panel.</para> + <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunea (MCC) zortzi aukeren edo fitxa desberdin ditu +aukeratzeko ezkerreko zutabean, eta drakwizard paketea instalatuta badago +hamar. Fitxa horietako bakoitzak tresna multzo desberdinak ematen ditu +eskuineko panel handian hautatu daitezkeenak.</para> - <para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related -tools.</para> + <para>Ondorengo hamar kapituluetan hamar aukera eta haiei lotutako tresnei +buruzkoak dira.</para> -<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in -any of the MCC tabs.</para> +<para>Azken atala Mageiaren beste tresna batzuei buruzkoa da, MCC etiketenatan +aukeratu ezin direnak.</para> - <para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool -screens.</para> + <para>Orrien izenburuak askotan tresna pantailen izenburuen berdinak izan behar +dira.</para> - <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on -the "Search" tab in the left column.</para> + <para>Bilaketa barra bat ere badago erabilgarri, eta ezkerreko zutabean "Bilatu" +fitxan klik eginez sar zaitezke.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml index 5f21c1e4..7ac1d675 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your -local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu ahal izango duzu zure +tokiko diskoak kudeatzeko edo partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago +ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist><title>Bertako diskoak</title> <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml index e7b5920e..2c56780b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link -below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat sareko tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik azpiko +estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml index e76153fd..10c21862 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml @@ -10,15 +10,15 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and -directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu unitateak eta direktorioak +partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu Windows(R) partekatzeak</title> <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and -directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Partekatu unitate eta +direktorioak Windows (SMB) sistemekin</emphasis></para></listitem> </orderedlist></listitem> <listitem> <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu NFS partekatzeak</title> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml index 53f5b056..06947ab1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml @@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a -link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat segurtasun tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik +azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist><title>Segurtasuna</title> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions -and audit</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, +baimenak eta auditoria</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml index 89ca8c09..4f429a66 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration -tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat sistema eta administrazio tresnen artean +aukeratu. Egin klik esteka azpitik gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on -system</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteman Erabiltzaileak +kudeatu</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml index 58d85429..cd256d47 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml @@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software -management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / -Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject> + </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> +azpian dago. Baita eskuragarri <guimenu>eskuineko botoian klikatuz / +eguneraketen konfigurazioa</guimenu> ikono gorrian <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para> + </inlinemediaobject> sistemaren bandejan</para> <para/> - <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for -updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The -check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is -out.</para> + <para>Lehenengo graduatzailea baimentzen du Mageia-ren eguneratze maiztasunak +aldatzea eta bigarrenak abiatu ondorengo atzerapena egiaztatzeko aukera +lehenengo txekeoa baino lehen. Pantailan kontrol-laukia aukera ematen du +Mageia-ko bertsio berria kanpoan dagoenean abisatzea</para> <para/> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml index e8c38c05..b5c85787 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis -role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis +role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean +presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> azpian dago.</para> - <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by -Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para> + <para>Sagu bat izan behar duzu Mageia instalatzeko, Drakinstall-en arabera +instalatua dago. Tresna honek beste sagu bat instalatzea ahalbidetzen du.</para> <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml index 31e8f3e7..38eeea21 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml @@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is a graphic user interface for -msec that allows to configure your system security according to two -approaches:</para> + </footnote> mseg-ren erabiltzaile interfaze +grafiko bat da zure segurtasun-sistema konfiguratzeko bi ikuspegiren +arabera:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to -make it more secure.</para> + <para>Sistemaren portaera ezartzen du, mseg-ek aldaketak inposatzen sistema +seguruagoa izan dadin.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn -you if something seems dangerous.</para> + <para>Sistemako era automatikoan kontrolak burutzen ditu zerbait arriskutsua dela +ohartarazteko asmoz.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -46,22 +46,22 @@ own customised security levels.</para> <section> <title>Ikuspegi orokorra taulan</title> - <para>See the screenshot above</para> + <para>Ikusi gioko screenshot-a</para> - <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a -button on the right side to configure them:</para> + <para>Lehenengo fitxan segurtasun tresna ezberdinen zerrenda hartzen du +eskuinaldeko konfiguratzeko botoi batekin:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para> + <para>Suebakia, halaber MMC / Segurtasuna / Konfiguratu zure suebaki pertsonalak</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para> + <para>Eguneratzeak, halaber MCC / Software Kudeaketa / Zure sistema eguneratu</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>msec itself with some information:</para> + <para>msec beraren informazio batzuk:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ button on the right side to configure them:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the configured Base security level</para> + <para>Konfiguratutako Base segurtasun-maila</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report -and another button to execute the checks just now.</para> + <para>Aldizkako azken egiaztapen data eta botoi bat txosten zehatza ikusteko eta +beste botoi bat gaur egungo egiaztapenak exekutatzeko besterik ez.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> @@ -82,11 +82,10 @@ and another button to execute the checks just now.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Security settings tab</title> + <title>Segurtasun ezarpenen fitxa</title> - <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security -<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown -below.</para> + <para>Klik bigarren fitxan edo Segurtasuna <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> +botoian hurrengo pantailara daramana.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -96,7 +95,7 @@ below.</para> <section> - <title>Basic security tab</title> + <title>Oinarrizko segurtasun fitxa</title> <para role="underline"> <emphasis role="underline">Segurtasu mailak:</emphasis> @@ -109,29 +108,30 @@ following levels are available:</para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem> - <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you -do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on -your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or -constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only -if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system -vulnerable to attack.</para> + <para>Maila <emphasis role="bold">bat ere ez</emphasis>. Maila honen helburua, ez +baduzu mseg erabili nahi segurtasun-sistema kontrolatzeko, eta nahiago duzu +zure kabuz fintzea. Segurtasun kontrol guztiak indargabetzen dira eta +sistemaren konfigurazioa eta ezarpen murrizketak muga gabe jartzen +dira. Mesedez, erabili maila hau zuk zer egiten ari zaren jakiten baduzu +soilik, zure sistema bitartean erasoentzako ahula utziko luke.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default -configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It -constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which -detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory -permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec -versions).</para> + <para>Maila <emphasis role="bold">estandarra</emphasis>. Hau instalatutako +konfigurazio lehenetsia da, eta aldi baterako erabiltzaileei +zuzenduta. Hainbat sistemaren ezarpenak mugatuko ditu eta egunero segurtasun +egiaztapenak exekutatzen ditu sistema fitxategiak, sistema-kontuak, eta +direktorio ahulen baimenen aldaketak detektatzeko. (Maila honek mseg-en +iragan bertsioen 2 eta 3 mailen antzekoa da).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when -you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts -system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to -the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and -5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para> + <para>Maila <emphasis role="bold">segurua</emphasis>. Maila hau zure sistema +segurua dela ziurtatzea desiratzen duzunean zuzenduta dago, oraindik +baliagarria. Are gehiago sistema baimenak mugatzen ditu eta aldizkako +egiaztapen gehiago exekutatzen. Gainera, sisteman sartzeko aukera +murritzagoa da. (Maila honek mseg-en bertsio zaharren 4 (Altua) eta 5 +(Paranoia) mailen antzekoa da).</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -149,20 +149,20 @@ but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> - <para>These levels are saved in -<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define -your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called -<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder -<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power -users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para> + <para>Maila hauek <filename>etc/security/msec/level<levelname></filename> +atalean gordeta daude. Zure neurrira egindako segurtasun-mailak defini +ditzakezu, <filename>level.<levelname></filename> izeneko fitxategi +zehatzetan, <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan. Funtzio hau +sistema-konfigurazio pertsonalizatua edo seguruago bat behar duten boteredun +erabiltzaileentzat zuzendu dute.</para> <caution> - <para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default -level settings.</para> + <para>Gogoan izan, erabiltzaileak aldatutako parametroak lehenetsitako mailako +ezarpenen aurretik erabiltzen direla.</para> </caution> <para> - <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis> + <emphasis role="underline">Segurtasun alertak:</emphasis> </para> <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important> - <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="underline">Segurtasun aukerak:</emphasis></para> <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change @@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ to the options.</para> </section> <section> - <title>System security tab</title> + <title>Sistemaren segurtasun fitxa</title> - <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a -description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side -column.</para> + <para>Fitxa honek segurtasun aukera guztiak ezkerreko zutabean, erdiko zutabekoan +deskribapena, eta beren gaur egungo balioak eskuinaldeko zutabean erakusten +ditu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -231,7 +231,8 @@ saving them.</para> <section> <title>Sare segurtasuna</title> - <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para> + <para>Fitxa honek sareko aukera guztiak erakusten ditu eta aurreko fitxa bezala +funtzionatzen du</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -241,10 +242,10 @@ saving them.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Periodic checks tab</title> + <title>Aldizkako egiaztapen fitxa</title> - <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of -security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para> + <para>Aldizkako egiaztapenen helburua segurtasun administratzailea mseg-ek egoera +guztien alerten bidez informatzeko segurtasun arrisku potentzialei buruz.</para> <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is @@ -258,13 +259,13 @@ checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Exceptions tab</title> + <title>Salbuespen fitxa</title> - <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In -these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab -allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert -messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot -below shows four exceptions.</para> + <para>Batzuetan alerta mezuak ondo ezagututako eta nahi egoeren ondorio dira. Kasu +horietan ezertarako eta alferrik galtzen administratzailearen denbora +da. Fitxa honetan nahigabeko alerta mezuak ekiditeko nahi dituzun +salbuespenak sortzeko aukera ematen du. Jakina, lehen mseg hasieran hutsik +egoten da. Pantaila kaptura beheko lau salbuespenak erakusten ditu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -272,8 +273,8 @@ below shows four exceptions.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> -button</para> + <para>Salbuespen bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia +sakatu</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -291,38 +292,38 @@ tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para> <section> <title>Baimenak</title> - <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and -enforcement.</para> - <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, -secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security -level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them -into specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed -into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is -intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is -also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission -you want. Current configuration is stored in -<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the -list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para> + <para>Fitxa hau fitxategi eta direktorioko baimenak egiaztatu eta betearazteko +bideratuta dago.</para> + <para>Segurtasunerako, mseg maila ezberdinetako baimenen (estandarra, seguru, ..), +horren arabera gaitzen dira aukeratutako segurtasun-mailak. Zure neurriko +baimen mailak sortu ditzakezu, <filename>perm.<levelname> +</filename>izeneko fitxategi zehatzetan gordez +<filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan kokatuta daudenak. Funtzio +hau konfigurazio pertsonalizatua eskatzen duten boteredun erabiltzaileei +zuzenduta. Posible da nahi duzun edozein baimen aldatzeko hemen aurkezten +fitxa erabili ondoren. Oraingo konfigurazioa +<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>-en gordeta +dago. Fitxategia honek baimenei egindako aldaketa guztien zerrenda du.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You -can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the -owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a -given rule:</para> + <para>Berezko baimenak arau zerrenda bat (lerro bakoitzeko arau bat) gisa ikusgai +daude. Ezkerreko aldean ikus dezakezu, fitxategi edo karpeta tratatutako +araua, ondoren jabeak, gero taldeak eta ondoren arauak emandako +baimenak. Arau jakin batentzako:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the -defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message -if not, but does not change anything.</para> + <para><guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa ez da egiaztatu, mseg soilik +egiaztatzen du definitzen baditu arau honentzako eskubideak errespetura eta +alerta-mezu bat bidaltzen du, ez badu ezer aldatzen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the -permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the -permissions.</para></listitem> + <para><guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa egiaztatu da, oorduan mseg-ak +gobernatuko du aldian baimenen behingo lehen kontroleko errespetura eta +baimenak berridaztea.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button @@ -337,8 +338,9 @@ the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para> not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para> - <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the -configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. + <note><para>Posible da arauak sortu edo +aldatzea<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> konfigurazio +fitxategia editatuz. </para></note> <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml index 2321e42f..f222d6b5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="otherMageiaTools"> <info> - <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title> + <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Beste Mageia Tresnak</title> </info> - <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia -Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the -next pages.</para> + <para>Badira Mageia kontrol Gunetik hasi daitezkeenak baino Mageia tresna +gehiago. Egin klik beheko esteka baten gainean gehiago ikasteko, edo +hurrengo orrialdeak irakurtzen jarraitu.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ next pages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>IDATZIZKO DA </emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> <para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>And more tools?</para> + <para>Eta tresna gehiago?</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml index 8c260a9e..2f51acbe 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags--> <info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013"> - <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title> + <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Kudeaketa (Softwarea instalatu eta kendu)</title> <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle> </info> @@ -17,23 +17,24 @@ <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction"> <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Rpmdrake-ra sarrera</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a -program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the -graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online -package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official -servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages -available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only -certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by -default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed -packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries -of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names -included in the packages.</para> - - <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref -linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> + </footnote>, drakrpm bezala ezaguna, +paketeak instalatu, ezabatu eta eguneratzeko programa bat da. URPMI-ren +erabiltzaile interfaze grafiko bat da. Abiarazte bakoitzean, egiaztatuko +ditu ('baliabide' deituetakoak) zuzenean Mageia-ko zerbitzari +ofizialengandik jaitsitako lerroko paketeen zerrendak, eta aldi bakoitzean +erakutsiko dizkizu zure ordenagailuarentzako azken aplikazio eta +paketeak. Iragazki-sistema batek soilik pakete mota batzuk erakustea +baimentzen du: instalatutako paketeak erakutsi ditzake soilik (lehenetsita), +edo eguneaketa eskuragarriak soilik. Instalatu gabeko paketeak ere ikus +ditzakezu soilik. Paketeak izenagatik ere ikusi ditzakezu, edo +deskribapeneeko laburpenetan edo paketeen deskribapen osoetan edo paketeetan +barneratutako fitxategi-izenetan.</para> + + <para>rpmdrake lan egin dezan biltegiak ezarri behar dira <xref +linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>-rekin .</para> <important> <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for @@ -48,13 +49,13 @@ and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> - <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more -packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para> + <para>Gainera, online biltegiak beti eguneratuta daude, pakete askoz gehiago +dauka, eta zure instalatutako paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen dute.</para> </important> </section> <section> - <title>The main parts of the screen</title> + <title>Pantailaren zati nagusia</title> <screenshot> <mediaobject> @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Pakete mota iragazkia:</emphasis></para> <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical @@ -82,46 +83,45 @@ of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis> + <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package egoera iragazkia:</emphasis> </firstterm></para> - <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the -packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and -not installed.</para> + <para>Iragazki honek instalatutako paketeak, instalatu gabeko edo pakete guztiak, +bai instalatutako eta ez instalatutako paketeak soilik ikusteko aukera +ematen du.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Bilaketa modua:</emphasis></para> - <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their -summaries, through their complete description or through the files included -in the packages.</para> + <para>Ikonoan klikatu paketeen izenak bilatzeko, haien laburpenen bidez, haien +deskribapen osoaren bidez edo paketean sartutako fitxategien bidez.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">"Aurkitu" kutxa:</emphasis></para> - <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword -for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and -"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para> + <para>Sartu hemen hitz gako bat edo gehiago. Hitz gako bat baino gehiago erabili +nahi baduzu '|' erabili hitz gakoen artean, adibidez "mplayer" eta "xine" +bilatzeko denbora berean idatzi: 'mplayer | xine'.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Guztia ezabatu:</emphasis></para> - <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box -.</para> + <para>Ikur honek klik bakarrarekin "Bilatu" kutxan sartutako hitza guztiak ezaba +ditzake .</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategorien zerrenda:</emphasis></para> - <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and -sub categories.</para> + <para>Alde honetako barra argi sailkatzen ditu aplikazio eta pakete guztiak +kategorietan eta azpi kategorietan.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Deskribapen panela:</emphasis></para> <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para> </section> <section> - <title>The status column</title> + <title>Egoera zutabeak</title> <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau jada instalatuta dago</entry> </row> <row> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau instalatuko da</entry> </row> <row> @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau ezin da aldatu</entry> </row> <row> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau eguneratuko da</entry> </row> <row> @@ -204,13 +204,13 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau desinstalatuko da</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para> + <para>Goiko Screenshot adibideak:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>The dependencies</title> + <title>Mendekotasunak</title> <screenshot> <mediaobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml index a8c6061f..0d29bf99 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml @@ -18,24 +18,25 @@ <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalaketa</title> </info> - <para>This tool <footnote> + <para>Tresna honek <footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> allows you to configure a -single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It -also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a -remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para> + </footnote> sarbidea ematen dizu +eskanerra gailu bakar batean edo eskaneatze funtzioa barne hartzen duen +anitz gailu bat konfiguratzea. Ordenagailuari konektatutako tokiko gailuak +partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu urruneko ordenagailu batekin edo urruneko +eskanerrera sartzeko aukera ematen du.</para> - <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following -message:</para> + <para>Lehen aldiz tresna hau hasten duzunean, ondorengo mezua lor dezakezu:</para> - <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>"SANE paketeak instalatu behar dira eskanerrak erabili ahal +izateko</emphasis></para> - <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>SANE paketeak instalatu nahi duzu?"</emphasis></para> - <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install -<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet -installed.</para> + <para>Aukeratu <emphasis>Bai</emphasis> jarraitzeko. <code>scanner-gui</code> eta +<code>task-scanning</code> instalatu egingo dira oraindik instalatu ez +badira.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -59,8 +60,8 @@ cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a scanner manually</emphasis>.</para> - <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the -list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para> + <para>Aukeratu zure eskanerraren marka ikusten duzun zerrendatik, eta gero, bere +mota marka horretarako zerrendatik eta sakatu <emphasis>Ados</emphasis></para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -71,8 +72,8 @@ list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para> </mediaobject> <note> - <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click -<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para> + <para>Ez baduzu zure eskanerra zerrendan aurkitzen, eta hautatu +<emphasis>Utzi</emphasis></para> <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE: @@ -95,9 +96,9 @@ xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para> ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para> - <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen -similar to the one below.</para> -<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref + <para><emphasis>Ados</emphasis> sakatu ondoren, kasu gehienetan azpitik antzeko +pantaila bat ikusiko duzu.</para> +<para>Ez baduzu pantaila hori lortzen, orduan irakurri <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para> <mediaobject> @@ -127,12 +128,12 @@ accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on this machine.</para> - <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or -deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on -this computer.</para> + <para>Eskanerra host-era partekatzea: hots izen edo IP helbidea erantsi edo kendu +ahal izango dira host-ak onartzen duen tokiko gailu(etan) sartzeko +zerrendatik, ordenagailu honetan.</para> - <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted -from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> + <para>Urruneko eskanerren erabilera: izen edo IP host-aren helbidea gehitu edo ken +daiteke urruneko eskanerraren sabidea ematen duten host-en zerrendatik .</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para> + <para>Eskaner hosta partekatuz: hosta gehitu ditzakezu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -152,8 +153,8 @@ from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote -machines.</para> + <para>Partekatu zure eskanerra host-etan: zehaztu hosta(k) bertan gehitzeko edo +urruneko ordenagailu guztietan gaitu.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ machines.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para> + <para>"Urruneko makina guztiak" onartzen dute bertako eskanerrera sartzea.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -173,8 +174,8 @@ machines.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool -offers to do it.</para> + <para><emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketea ez dago oraindik instalatuta, tresna +honek eskaintzen du.</para> <para>Amaieran, tresnaren honek fitxategi hauek aldatzen ditu:</para> @@ -182,11 +183,11 @@ offers to do it.</para> <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para> - <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive -"net"</para> + <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> "sare" zuzentaraua gehitu edo +azaldu</para> - <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and -<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para> + <para>Halaber konfiguratuko ditu <emphasis>saned</emphasis> eta +<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> abioan hasteko.</para> </section> <section xml:id="scannerspecifics"> @@ -233,18 +234,20 @@ steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded -each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, -after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the -firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you -downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para> - When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at -each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para> +<para>Kasu batzuetan, esan da eskanerra bere firmwarea kargatu behar duela hasten +den bakoitzean. Tresna honek gailua kargatzeko aukera ematen dizu, zure +sisteman instalatu ondoren. Pantaila honetan firmwarea instalatu dezakezu CD +edo Windows instalazio batetik, edo interneteko saltzailearen gunetik +jaitsitako bat instalatu dezakezu.</para><para> + Gailuaren firmwarea kargatu behar denean, denbora luze bat hartu dezake +lehen erabilera bakoitzean, seguru asko, minutu bat baino gehiago. Beraz, +pazientzia izan.</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the -<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para> +<para>Era berean, pantaila bat jaso ahal izango duzu +<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> +doitzeko </para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml index 2e78a391..9a9ab53f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml @@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ xml:id="software-management"> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software -management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>Pantaila honetan softwarea kudeatzeko zenbait tresnen artean aukeratu +daiteke. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para> <orderedlist><title>Software kudeaketa</title> <listitem> <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your -system</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Zure sistema +eguneratu</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media -sources for install and update</emphasis></para> + <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Konfiguratu baliabide +iturriak instalakuntza eta eguneraketetarako</emphasis></para> </listitem> </orderedlist> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml index 10f78bf1..1bea83cb 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu and openSUSE.</para> - <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the -installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para> + <para>Instalazioarekin aurrera jarraitu aurretik, non-free biltegia gaitu behar +duzu, izan ere, gidari batzuk, agian, soilik eskuragarri daude modu honetan.</para> <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing -<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked -for.</para> + <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz ditzakezu, +<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> idatziz. Root pasahitza eskatuko +da.</para> </footnote>.</para> <para>MCC bi paketeak instalatzea eskatuko du:</para> @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ for.</para> <para>task-printing-hp</para> </blockquote> - <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of -dependencies are needed.</para> + <para>Beharrezkoa da instalazio hau jarraitzeko onartzea. Gehienez 230MB +mendekotasun behar dira.</para> <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window -to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following -options.</para> + <para>portu bat hautatzen duzunean, sistema driver zerrenda kargatu eta gidari bat +aukeratzeko leiho bat erakutsiko dizu. Aukera honako aukeretako baten bidez +egin daiteke.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -99,45 +99,46 @@ options.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer -first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one -driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have -encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one -which know to work.</para> + <para>Datubasetik aukeratuz gero, leihoan inprimagailu fabrikatzaile bat iradokiko +da lehenengo, eta ondoren, gailu bat eta duen gidaria. Gidari bat baino +gehiago proposatu badu, gomendatzen den horietako bat hautatu, lehenago +arazo batzuk izan badituzu horrekin, kasu honetan, aukeratu ondo lan egiten +duena.</para> </section> <section xml:id="terminate"> <title>Instalazio prozesu osoa</title> - <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will -allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is -the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of -available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After -this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available -printers.</para> + <para>Gidari aukeraketa egin ondoren, leiho bat zenbait informazio eskatuko du +sistema inprimagailua ezagutzeko eta izendatzeko aukera. Lehenengo lerroan +gailuaren izen horren pean egongo da eskuragarri dauden inprimagailuen +zerrendan aplikazioetan. Instalatzaileak, ondoren iradokitzen du test orri +bat inprimatzea. Urrats honen ondoren, inprimagailua gehitu eta eskuragarri +agertzen da dauden inprimagailuen zerrendan.</para> </section> <section xml:id="network_printer"> <title>Sare imprimagailua</title> - <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or -wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to -another workstation that serves as printserver.</para> + <para>Sareko inprimagailuak sarera zuzenean kable edo haririk gabe lotutako +inprimagailuak dira, inprimagailu zerbitzaria batera erantsita edo +inprimagailu zerbitzaria bezala balio duen lanpostura atxikita.</para> <note> - <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed -IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same -as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed -one.</para> + <para>Askotan, hobe da DHCP zerbitzaria konfiguratzea, IP helbide finko bat beti +erlazionatzeko inprimagailuaren MAC-helbide batekin. Jakina inprimagailua +duen IP helbidea inprimagailu zerbitzariaren berdina izan behar du ezarrita, +finko bat ez badauka.</para> </note> - <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or -printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a -configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label -on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a -Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it -as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters -after "HWaddr".</para> + <para>Inprimagailuaren Mac-helbidea emandako serie zenbaki bat da inprimagailura +edo inprimagailu zerbitzarira edo ordenagailura eransten da, inprimagailutik +inprimatutako konfigurazio-orri batetik lortu daiteke edo etiketa batean +inprimagailuan edo inprimagailu zerbitzarian idatzi ahal da. Partekatutako +zure inprimagailua Mageia-sistema bati erantsita badago, +<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> exekutatu egin dezakezu root +bezala hartan MAC-helbidea aurkitzeko. "HWaddr" Atzeko zenbaki eta letren +sekuentzia bat da.</para> <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, @@ -146,26 +147,28 @@ Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it says "host".</para> - <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a -protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the -list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para> + <para>Tresnak inprimagailu edo inprimagailu zerbitzaria aitortzen badu, protokolo +bat eta ilara bat proposatuko du, baina beheko zerrendatik egokiago bat +aukeratu ahal izango duzu, edo ilaran izen egokia eman ez da zerrendan +agertzen bada.</para> - <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find -which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para> + <para>Begiratu ezazu inprimagailuarekin edo inprimatzekoan jasotako dokumentazioan +zer protokolo(k) sostengatzen du(t)en aurkitu eta ilara izen espezifiko +posibleak.</para> </section> <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols"> <title>Sare imprimagailu protokoloak</title> - <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as -JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network -via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is -known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers -which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the -IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can -manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like -<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed -IP-adress is not required.</para> + <para>Oraingo teknika bat da Hewlett-Packard-ek garatutakoa eta JetDirect-a bezala +ezagun. Zuzenean Ethernet portu batean zehar sarera konektatutako +inprimagailu baterako sarbidea onartzen da. Inprimagailua sarean duen IP +helbidea jakin behar duzu. Teknika hau ADSL-router batzuen barruan +erabiltzen da USB-portu bat daukatela inprimagailua +konektatzeko. Horrelakoetan, IP helbidea router-arena da. Kontuan izan "HP +Gailu Kudeatzaile" tresnak dinamikoki konfiguratutako IP helbidea kudeatu +dezakeela, <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-printer></emphasis> bezalako URI +bat. asu honetan, IP-helbide finkorik ez da behar izaten.</para> <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change @@ -183,45 +186,46 @@ the same as above.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can -be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer -connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by -some ADSL-routers.</para> + <para><emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP-protokolotik +pasatuz TCP/IP-sare batean sartu ahal den inprimagailu bat, adibidez CUPS +erabiliz postu batekin konektatutako inprimagailu bat. ADSL router batzuek +protokolo hau ere erabili ahal dute.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, -but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be -defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para> + <para><emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (https): </emphasis>ipp-ren +berdina, baina http garraio eta TLS babes protokoloa erabiliz. Portua +aukeratu behar dela. Berez, 631 portua erabiltzen du.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but -with TLS secured protocol.</para> + <para><emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipps):</emphasis> ipp-ren +berdina, baina TLS babes protokoloarekin.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be -accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer -connected to a station using LPD.</para> + <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Inprimagailua</emphasis>: TCP / IP sare batean sar +daitekeen LPD protokoloaren bidezko inprimagailu bat da, adibidez +inprimagailu bat postu batera konektatuta LPD erabiliz.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a -station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para> + <para><emphasis>Windows inprimagailua SAMBA bidez</emphasis>: Windows edo SMB +zerbitzaria eta partekatu exekutatzen duen postu baten konektatutako +inprimagailu bat.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form -the URI:</para> + <para>URI-a zuzenean ere gehitu ahal da. Adibide batzuk hemen gainean daude URI-a +nola sortzeko:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -253,20 +257,20 @@ documentation.</link></para> <section xml:id="properties"> <title>Gailuen Propietateak</title> - <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to -parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your -system, but you can specify a different one with the -<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, -another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters -of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | -<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para> + <para>Gailuen propietateetan sar zaitezke. Menuak CUPS zerbitzariko parametroetan +sartzeko aukera ematen du. Modu lehenetsian CUPS zerbitzari bat zure +sisteman abiarazten da, baina desberdin bat zehatz dezakezu +<guimenu>Zerbitzari</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Konektatu...</guimenuitem> +menuan, zerbitzariaren beste parametro espezifiko batzuekiko sarrera ematen +duen afinatze leiho bat, jarraituz <guimenu>Zerbitzaria</guimenu> | +<guimenuitem>lehentasunak.</guimenuitem></para> </section> <section> <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Konpondu</title> - <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by -inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para> + <para>Gertatutako hutsei buruzko informazioren bat aurki dezakezu inprimatzean +zehar <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> ikuskatuz</para> <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para> @@ -275,67 +279,71 @@ inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para> <section xml:id="specificities"> <title>Bereziak</title> - <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in -Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link -ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to -check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package -is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, -redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report -the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this -tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer -works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other -up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para> + <para>Posiblea da inprimagailu espezifikoetarako gidari batzuk Mageia-n ez egotea +edo funtzionalak ez izatea. Horrelakoetan, begiratu ezazu <link +ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> web gunea +zure gailuarentzako gidari libre bat den egiaztatzeko. Bai bada, egiaztatu +paketea dagoeneko mageian badagoela eta kasu honetan eskuz +instalatu. Ondoren, instalazio-prozesua berregin ezazu inprimagailua +konfiguratzeko. asu guztietan, bugzilla-n edo foroan arazoa jakinarazi ezazu +eroso bazara tresna honekin eta modeloa eta gidari-informaziorik hornitzen +baduzu eta inprimagailuak lan egiten duen edo ez instalazioaren +ondoren. Hemen sorburu batzuk daude beste gidari eguneratu batzuk edo duela +gutxiko gailu gehiago aurkitzeko.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother imprimagailuak</emphasis></para> <para><link -ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This -page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver -for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para> +ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Orri +hau</link> Brother emandako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Bilatu +gailuarentzako gidariak, rpm(ak) deskargatu eta instalatu.</para> - <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para> + <para>Brother gidaria instalatu beharko zenuke konfigurazio utilitatea exekutatu +aurretik.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard imprimagailu eta All in one gailuak</emphasis></para> - <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the -detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information -<link -ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>. The -tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> -menu. Also view <link -ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link> -for the management of the printer.</para> - - <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner -features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't -allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this -case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the -picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, -open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory -card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para> + <para>Gailu hauek hplib tresnak darabilte. Automatikoki instalatzen dira +inprimagailuaren detekzioa edo hautaketaren ondoren. este informazio batzuk +aurki dezakezu <link +ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">hemen</link>. "HP +Gailu Kudeatzaile" tresna <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> menuan aurki +dezakezu. Baita <link +ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">konfigurazioa</link> +ikusi inprimagailua kudeatzeko.</para> + + <para>HP All in one gailua imprimagailu bezala instalatu behar da eta eskaner +ezaugarriak gero gehitu. Apuntatu ezazu batzuetan, Xsane-interfazeak filmak +edo diapositibak (irristatutako argiek ezin dute maneiatu) ez dutela +onartzen. Horrelakoetan, posiblea da, standalone modua erabiliz, eta irudia +memoria txartel edo sartutako USB-makila baten gordetzea. Gero, zure irudi +software gogokoena ireki ezazu eta zure irudia kargatu ezazu memoria +txarteletik zein /media karpetan agertzen dena.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung koloreko imprimagailuak</emphasis></para> - <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link -ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for -the QPDL protocol.</para> + <para>Zehazki Samsung eta Xerox koloredun inprimagailuentzat, QPDL protokolodun +gidariak eskaintzen ditu <link ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">Web +gune honek</link>.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson imprimagailu eta eskanerrak</emphasis></para> - <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link -ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this -search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data" -package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also -be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages -according to your architecture. </para> + <para>Epson inprimagailuen Kontrolatzaileak eskuragarri daude <link +ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX"> +bilaketa orri honetan</link>. Eskaner baterako, "iscan-data" paketea +instalatu behar duzu, eta gero "iscan" (orden honetan). Iscan-plugin paketea +ere eskuragarri egon daiteke, eta instalatzeko. Aukeratu +<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketeak arkitekturaren arabera. </para> - <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a -conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para> + <para> Posible da iscan paketea sane-rekiko gatazka bati buruzko abisu bat +sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazita daude ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egin +dezaketela.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon imprimagailuak</emphasis></para> - <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint -<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para> + <para>Canon inprimagailuentzako, gomendagarria izan daiteke turboprint izeneko +tresna bat instalatzea <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">hemen +eskuragarri</link>.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml index c029a289..f7268c7f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml @@ -20,26 +20,27 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found under the <emphasis -role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled -<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para> + </footnote> <emphasis +role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol +Gunean <guilabel>Inportatu Windows (TM) dokumentu eta ezarpenak</guilabel> +bezala etiketatuta</para> - <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings -from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark -class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark -class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> -installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para> + <para>Tresnak administratzaile bati baimentzen dio erabiltzaile-dokumentuak eta +ezarpenak <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark +class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP edo <trademark +class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, Mageia +instalatutako ordenagailu beretik inportatzea.</para> <warning> - <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake -immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Kontuan izan aldaketa guztiak transfugdrake-ek aplikatuko dituela berehala +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> sakatu ondoren.</para> </warning> - <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some -explanation about the tool and import options.</para> + <para>Hasi transfugdrake eta gero lehen morroia ikusiko duzu, tresna eta +inportazio aukerei buruzko azalpenen batekin.</para> <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of @@ -63,7 +64,8 @@ user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para> </note> <note> - <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para> + <para>Migrazioak denbora pixka bat hartu ditzake dokumentu karpeten tamainaren +arabera.</para> </note> <warning> @@ -85,11 +87,11 @@ to import documents:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark -class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My -Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My -Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the -appropriate item in this window.</para> + <para><trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>-en <emphasis>Nire +Dokumentuak</emphasis>, <emphasis>Nire Musika</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Nire +Irudiak</emphasis> karpetetatik datuak inportatzeko diseinatu da +Transfugdrake. Posible da inportazioa saltatzea leiho honetako dagokion +elementua hautatuz.</para> <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method @@ -101,12 +103,12 @@ to import bookmarks:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and -<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia -<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para> + <para>Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Mozilla +Firefox</emphasis> markatzaileak Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla +Firefox</emphasis>-en instantziara inporta ditzakezu.</para> - <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> -button.</para> + <para>Aukeratu inportatzeko nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu +<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia.</para> @@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para> --> -<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para> +<para>Hurrengo orrian ahalbidetzen dizu mahaigaineko atzeko irudia inportatzea:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -124,11 +126,11 @@ With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> -button.</para> + <para>Aukeratu nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> +botoia.</para> - <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the -<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para> + <para>Morroiaren azken orrialdea Zorion-mezu bat erakusten du. Besterik gabe +sakatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml index 0bbcfdba..1b43622c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml @@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Tresna hau<footnote> <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para> - </footnote> is found under the <emphasis -role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled -"Manage users on system"</para> + </footnote> <emphasis +role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol +Gunean "Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu" bezala etiketatuta</para> - <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this -means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings -(ID, shell, ...)</para> + <para>Tresna aukera ematen dio administratzaile bati erabiltzaileak eta taldeak +kudeatzea, horrek esan nahi du, erabiltzaileak edo taldeak gehitzeko edo +ezabatzeko eta erabiltzaile eta talde ezarpenak aldatzeko (ID, shell, ...)</para> <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the <para><guibutton>1 Gehitu Erabiltzailea</guibutton></para> - <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para> + <para>Botoi honek irekiko du eremu guztiak hutsik dituen leiho berria:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -48,11 +48,10 @@ the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the -entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything -or nothing as well!</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Izen Osoa</emphasis> eremua familiaren izena eta izen +soziala sartzeko erabiltzen da, baina posible da edozer edo ezer ez idaztea!</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Saioa hasi</emphasis> beharrezko eremua da soilik.</para> <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the @@ -60,29 +59,30 @@ password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure -you entered what you intended to.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Pasahitza berretsi</emphasis> eremuan pasahitza ondo +idatzi dela ziurtatzeko dago.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows -you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are -Bash, Dash and Sh.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Shell-en Hasiera</emphasis> gehitzen ari zaren +erabiltzaileak erabiliko duen shell-a aldatzea baimentzen duen zerrenda +destolesgarria da, aukerak Bash, Dash eta Sh dira.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if -checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new -user as the only member (this may be edited).</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Sortu talde pribatu bat +erabiltzailearentzat</emphasis>, gaitzen bada, izen bereko taldea sortuko da +automatikoki eta erabiltzaile berria bere kide bakarra bezala (hau edita +daiteke).</para> - <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately -after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Beste aukerak begien bistakoa izan behar dira. Erabiltzaile berria berehala +sortzen da <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Gehitu Taldea</emphasis></para> - <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific -group ID.</para> + <para>Soilik talde berriaren izena sartu behar duzu, eta behar izanda, taldearen +ID espezifikoa.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editatu</emphasis> (erabiltzaile bat hutatutaz gero)</para> - <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given -for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para> + <para><guibutton>Erabiltzailearen datuak</guibutton>: Erabiltzaileak sorkuntzan +emandako (ID-a ezin da aldatu) datuak aldatzea gaitzen du.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Kontu Informazioa</emphasis>:</para> @@ -92,18 +92,18 @@ for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. -Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary -accounts.</para> + <para>Lehenengo aukera iraungitze data bat kontuari ezartzea da. Konexioa +ezinezkoa da data horretatik aurrera. Hau aldi baterako kontuetan +erabilgarria da.</para> - <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long -as the account is locked.</para> + <para>Bigarren aukera kontu blokeatzeko da, konexioa ezinezkoa da kontua +blokeatuta dagoen bitartean.</para> <para>Posible da, halaber ikonoa aldatzea.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an -expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his -password periodically.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Pasahitz Informazio</emphasis>: Aukera ematen du +pasahitzaren iraungitze data jarri ahal izatea, hau erabiltzaileak bere +pasahitza noizbehinka aldatzen behartzen du.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -111,21 +111,21 @@ password periodically.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that -the user is a member of.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Taldea</emphasis>: Hemen taldeak duen erabiltzaile +kideak hauta ditzakezu.</para> <note> - <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be -effective until his/her next login.</para> + <para>Konektatutako erabiltzaile-kontu bat aldatzen ari bazara, aldaketak ez dira +eraginkorrak izango datorren saioa hasi arte.</para> </note> <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editatu</emphasis> (talde bat hautatuz gero)</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group -name.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Talde Datuak</emphasis>: Aukera ematen dizu taldeari +izena aldatzeko.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users -who are members of the group</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Erabiltzaile Taldeak</emphasis>: Taldeko kideak diren +erabiltzaileak hemen hauta ditzakezu</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Ezabatu</emphasis></para> @@ -140,15 +140,16 @@ has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Freskatu</emphasis></para> - <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to -refresh the display.</para> + <para>Erabiltzaile Datu-baseak Userdrake-etik kanpo alda daitezke. Ikonoan klikatu +pantaila freskatzeko.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gonbidatua kontua</emphasis></para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended -to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login -is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications -to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the -end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click -in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">gonbidatua</emphasis> kontu berezi bat da. Norbaiti +sistemarako sarrera denboraldi baterako zuzendutako erabateko +segurtasunarekin. Saio-hasiera xguest-a da, pasahitz bat ere ez dago, eta +ezinezkoa da sisteman aldaketak egitea kontu honekin. Direktorio pertsonalak +saioaren bukaeran ezabatzen dira. Kontu hau gaituta dago modu lehenetsian, +hura desgaitzeko, <guimenu>Ekintza -> Gonbidatu kontua kendu</guimenu> menu +gainean egin klik.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file |